Lucent Technologies 8.2 - Manuals

Page 3 - Contents

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents iii Contents Contents iii About this document xv ■ Overview xv ■ Purpose xvi ■ Audience xvi ■ Reason for reissue xvi ■ How to use this document xvi ■ Organization xvi ■ Task-related information xviii ■ Feature-rela...

Page 4 - Managing phones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents iv ■ Administering treatment for denied calls 26 ■ Setting up Music-on-Hold 27 ■ Providing service for multiple tenants 29 ■ Receiving notification in an emergency 31 ■ Notifying a digital pager of an emergency 34 ...

Page 5 - Handling incoming calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents v ■ Changing the display language 112 ■ Setting up directory buttons 115 7 Handling incoming calls 117 ■ Setting up basic call coverage 117 ■ Setting up advanced call coverage 121 ■ Setting up call forwarding 127 ■...

Page 6 - Enhancing system security

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents vi ■ Assigning coverage options 291 ■ Setting up call forwarding 292 ■ Assigning an extender password 294 ■ Installing home equipment 295 ■ Setting up remote access 297 ■ Training users 301 11 Enhancing system secu...

Page 7 - Managing announcements

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents vii ■ Administering trunks for listed directory numbers 362 13 Managing announcements 365 ■ Understanding announcements 365 ■ Adding announcement data modules 365 ■ Adding announcement extensions 367 ■ Recording an...

Page 8 - Collecting billing information

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents viii 16 Collecting billing information 439 ■ Collecting information about calls 439 ■ Recording calls between users on the same switch 442 ■ Tracking calls by account code 443 ■ Forcing users to enter account codes...

Page 10 - Command reference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents x ■ Route Pattern 865 ■ Second Digit Table 874 ■ Security-Related System Parameters 875 ■ Site Data 882 ■ Station 882 ■ System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 911 ■ System Parameters Country-Options 918 ...

Page 11 - Features and technical reference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents xi ■ DEFINITY Internet Protocol (IP) Softphones 1119 20 Features and technical reference 1123 ■ AAR and ARS partitioning 1123 ■ AAR/ARS shortcut dialing 1125 ■ Abbreviated Dialing 1129 ■ Access security gateway 113...

Page 13 - References; GL; Glossary and abbreviations; IN; Index

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Contents xiii ■ Pull Transfer 1463 ■ Recorded Announcements 1464 ■ Recorded Telephone Dictation Access 1466 ■ Remote Access 1466 ■ Ringer Cutoff 1474 ■ Ringing — Abbreviated and Delayed 1475 ■ Security violations notificati...

Page 15 - About this document; Overview; provide highly robust networking capabilities

About this document xv Overview DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document Overview This document describes the DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server (ECS) Release 8 administration, and includes all incremental releases up to and including Re...

Page 16 - Purpose; ‘‘References’’ on page 1604; Audience

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xvi Purpose Purpose This document provides an overall reference for planning, operating, and administering your DEFINITY ECS. The book is divided into three volumes that present information on how to per...

Page 17 - ‘‘System basics’’

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xvii Organization The following list describes the sections in this book. ‘‘System basics’’ tells you how to log in and log off, set permissions for others who use the administration terminal, set daylig...

Page 18 - Task-related information; Task

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xviii Task-related information ‘‘Managing announcements’’ tells you how to record, save, copy, restore and delete announcements. ‘‘Managing group communication’’ shows you how to administer your system s...

Page 19 - Feature-related information; To “move” to a certain field, you can use the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xix Feature-related information ■ Fixing problems This section is not included in all task sections. It provides a brief coverage of possible problems, possible causes, and suggested solutions. ■ More in...

Page 20 - command; screen; list configuration; command successfully; Draws attention to information that you may find helpful.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xx Conventions used in this document ■ Commands are printed in bold face as follows: command . ■ Keys and buttons are printed as follows: KEY. ■ Screen displays are printed in constant width as follows: ...

Page 21 - Trademarks and service marks

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xxi Trademarks and service marks ! SECURITY ALERT: Indicates when system administration may leave your system open to toll fraud. Trademarks and service marks The following are trademarks or registered t...

Page 22 - How to get this book on the web; Information Resources; How to order more copies

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xxii How to get this book on the web ■ NetMeeting ® (registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation) ■ PictureTel ® (registered trademark of PictureTel Corporation) ■ ProShare ® (registered trademark of I...

Page 23 - How to get help

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 About this document xxiii How to get help How to get help If you need additional help, the following services are available. You may need to purchase an extended service agreement to use some of these services. See your Luc...

Page 25 - System basics; Logging into the system; ‘‘Changing passwords’’ on page 326

System basics 1 Logging into the system 1 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 1 System basics This section provides the basic step-by-step procedures you need to manage your DEFINITY ECS. It explains how to log in and log off, set permissions for others who u...

Page 26 - Instructions; newterm; Logging in for remote administration

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 2 Logging into the system 1 Instructions Logging into the system This procedure provides instructions for logging in from the system terminal not a remote terminal. To log into the system: 1. Enter your login ...

Page 27 - If an LDN was dialed, the attendant will answer.; Before you start

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 3 Logging in with Access Security Gateway 1 If an LDN was dialed, the attendant will answer. a. Ask to be transferred to the UCD group extension number. You receive data tone or visually receive answer confirm...

Page 28 - Fixing problems; Logging off the system

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 4 Logging off the system 1 Instructions To log into the system with ASG: 1. Enter your login ID and press RETURN . The system displays the challenge number (for example, 555-1234) and system Product ID number ...

Page 29 - logoff; and press; Proceed with Logoff; Setting command permissions; in the Administer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 5 Setting command permissions 1 Instructions To log off: 1. Type logoff and press RETURN . If the Facility Test Calls or Remote Access features are administered, Alarm origination is disabled, or if you have b...

Page 30 - change permissions sup3ru; Command Permission Categories; More information

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 6 Setting command permissions 1 Instructions In our example, we set the permissions necessary to allow the user to administer daylight savings time rules. To change command permissions: 1. Type change permissi...

Page 31 - Establishing daylight savings rules; To modify a daylight savings rule:; The

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 7 Establishing daylight savings rules 1 Establishing daylight savings rules DEFINITY ECS allows you to set the daylight savings time rules so features, such as time-of-day routing and call detail recording (CD...

Page 33 - Displaying daylight savings time rules; To display daylight savings time rules:; Setting the system date and time; To set the system date and time:; set time

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 9 Setting the system date and time 1 Displaying daylight savings time rules To display daylight savings time rules: 1. Type display daylight-savings-rules and press RETURN . The Daylight Savings Rule screen ap...

Page 34 - Monday; Second; standard; Displaying the system date and time; display time

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 10 Setting the system date and time 1 2. Complete the Date fields. a. Type Monday in the Day of the Week field. b. Type November in the Month field. c. Type 3 in the Day of the Month field. d. Type 1998 in the...

Page 35 - Related topics; Refer to; Using the bulletin board; To display the bulletin board:; display bulletin-board

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 11 Using the bulletin board 1 Related topics Refer to ‘‘Establishing daylight savings rules’’ for more information about setting system time. Using the bulletin board DEFINITY ECS allows you to post informatio...

Page 36 - Posting a message; Deleting messages; change bulletin-board; Bulletin Board

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 12 Using the bulletin board 1 Posting a message In our example, we post a message to the bulletin board about a problem with a new trunk group, and a Lucent representative replies to our message. To post a mes...

Page 37 - delete and press; to save your changes.; Saving translations; display

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 13 Saving translations 1 2. Enter a space as the first character on each line of the message you want to delete and press RETURN . 3. Press ENTER to save your changes. Saving translations DEFINITY ECS retains ...

Page 38 - To save translations manually:; save translation both tape

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 14 Saving translations 1 end of the specified grace period, otherwise you cannot access system management commands (such as: add, change, remove, and duplicate) that modify translation data. Lucent specifies t...

Page 39 - ‘‘Saving announcements’’ on page 369; Problem

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 System basics 15 Saving translations 1 Fixing problems NOTE: You cannot see whether the translation ID on the flash card corresponds to the number on the Processor circuit packs. However, if the numbers do not match, the sy...

Page 41 - Understanding your configuration; list configuration all; . There are variations on; The System Configuration screen appears.

Introduction to the DEFINITY system 17 Understanding your configuration 2 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 2 Introduction to the DEFINITY system This section provides you with general information about the DEFINITY ECS and some of the system-wide functions...

Page 42 - to administer. These may also appear as

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 18 Understanding your configuration 2 The System Configuration screen shows all the boards on your system that are available for connecting phones, trunks, data modules and other equipmen...

Page 43 - Understanding the dial plan; The first digit table may have any of the following codes:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 19 Understanding the dial plan 2 Understanding the dial plan Your dial plan tells your system how to interpret dialed digits. For example, if you dial 9 on your system to access an outsid...

Page 44 - ‘‘Second Digit; Displaying your dial plan; display dialplan; Modifying your dial plan; change dialplan; Dial Plan Record; dac

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 20 Understanding the dial plan 2 ■ Dial access codes (dac) — Allows you to use trunk access codes (TAC) and feature access codes (FAC) in the same range. For example, you could define the...

Page 45 - Adding extension ranges; extension; Other options for the dial plan; ‘‘Single-Digit Dialing and Mixed Station Numbering’’ on page 1487; Adding feature access codes; fac

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 21 Adding feature access codes 2 Adding extension ranges You may find that as your needs grow you want a new set of extensions. Before you can assign a station to an extension, the extens...

Page 46 - Changing feature access codes; ‘‘Understanding the dial plan’’ on

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 22 Controlling the calls your users can make and receive 2 Changing feature access codes Feature access codes (FAC) allow users to activate and deactivate features from their phones. A us...

Page 47 - Strategies for assigning CORs; ‘‘Class of; Allowing users to change CORs; ‘‘Class of Service’’ on page 532; Feature Access Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 23 Controlling the calls your users can make and receive 2 Strategies for assigning CORs The best strategy is to make it as simple as possible for you and your staff to know which COR to ...

Page 48 - change system-parameters features; Feature-Related System Parameters; ‘‘Managing phones’’ on page 37

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 24 Controlling the features your users can access 2 Now we have to define the password. 5. Type change system-parameters features and press ENTER . The Feature-Related System Parameters s...

Page 49 - display system-parameters; change system-parameters; System Parameters; Changing feature parameters; change system-parameters coverage/forwarding; System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 25 System-wide settings 2 System-wide settings There are some settings that you enable or disable for the entire system, and these settings effect every user. You may want to look over th...

Page 50 - Add an announcement on extension 2040, and name the announcement; Intercept Denied Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 26 Administering treatment for denied calls 2 2. In the Local Coverage Subsequent Redirection/CFWD No Answer Interval field, type 2. 3. Press ENTER to save your changes. Each phone in a C...

Page 51 - announcement; ‘‘Providing service for multiple

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 27 Setting up Music-on-Hold 2 2. Type change system-parameters features and press RETURN . The Feature-Related System Parameters screen appears. 3. In the Controlled Outward Restriction I...

Page 52 - music; The Port field appears.; all

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 28 Setting up Music-on-Hold 2 2. In the Music/Tone On Hold field, type music . The Port field appears. 3. In the Port field, type 6040 . This is the port address of the music source. 4. I...

Page 53 - System Parameters Customer-Options

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 29 Providing service for multiple tenants 2 Providing service for multiple tenants If you manage the switching system for an entire office building, you may need to provide individualized...

Page 54 - Tenant; Attendant Console

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 30 Providing service for multiple tenants 2 2. For Source 1, enter music for the Type, 01A1001 for the Port, and Country for the Description. 3. Move to Source 3, and enter music for the ...

Page 55 - Verify that ARS is enabled on the; change ars analysis 5

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 31 Receiving notification in an emergency 2 Receiving notification in an emergency If one of your users calls an emergency service such as the police or ambulance, someone, perhaps the re...

Page 56 - alrt; change attendant 1; ‘‘Adding feature buttons’’

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 32 Receiving notification in an emergency 2 2. In the dialed string field, type 5555 . This is the number that end-users dial to reach emergency services. 3. In the Total Min and Max fiel...

Page 57 - ‘‘Crisis Alert System Parameters’’; list emergency; ‘‘Crisis Alert’’ on page 1313

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 33 Receiving notification in an emergency 2 Finally, we make sure that all security personnel and the attendant will have to acknowledge the alert. 11. Type change system-parameters crisi...

Page 58 - change attendant; Crisis Alert System Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 34 Notifying a digital pager of an emergency 2 Notifying a digital pager of an emergency You also have the option of having your emergency calls go to a digital pager. When someone dials ...

Page 59 - Other useful settings; ‘‘Feature-Related System Parameters’’; Automatic callback if an extension is busy; ‘‘Automatic Callback’’ on page 1159

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 35 Other useful settings 2 6. In the Retry Interval (sec) field, type 30 . This is length of time between retries. 7. In the Main Number field, type the number that is to be displayed at ...

Page 60 - Automatic hold; Bridging onto a call that has gone to coverage; ‘‘Temporary Bridged; Distinctive ringing; ‘‘Distinctive Ringing’’ on page 1317; Warning when phones are off-hook; Warning users if their calls are redirected; ‘‘Special Dial Tone’’ on page 656

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Introduction to the DEFINITY system 36 Other useful settings 2 Automatic hold You can set a system-wide parameter that allows your users to initiate a call on a second line without putting the first call on Hold. This is ca...

Page 61 - ‘‘Managing your; Adding new phones; find an available port

Managing phones 37 Adding new phones 3 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 3 Managing phones This section explains how to add, swap, upgrade, and remove the phones on your system. This section also gives you tips for customizing your own phone (for system adm...

Page 62 - Gathering necessary information; ‘‘Station’’ on page 882; list configuration station

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 38 Adding new phones 3 Gathering necessary information 1. Determine whether the phone is an analog, digital, ISDN, or hybrid set. You need this information to determine the type of port you need, because the...

Page 63 - . To print to the system printer that; Choose an extension number for the new phone.; Physically connecting the phone; To access the station screen for the new phone:; , where nnnn is the extension for

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 39 Adding new phones 3 Tip: If you add several phones at one time, you may want to print a paper copy of the System Configuration screen. To print the screen to a printer attached to the system terminal, typ...

Page 64 - Station; change station; nnnn; Adding or changing feature buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 40 Adding new phones 3 When the Station screen appears, you see the extension number and some default field values. For example, the following screen is for a new phone at extension 2345. 2. Type the model n...

Page 65 - Using templates to add phones; display station; duplicate station

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 41 Using templates to add phones 3 To assign feature buttons: 1. Type change station nnnn and press ENTER , where nnnn is the extension for the phone you want to modify. The Station screen appears. 2. Press ...

Page 66 - Using an alias; change alias station; Alias Station

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 42 Using an alias 3 4. Type in the extension, port address, and phone name for each new phone you want to add. The rest of the fields are optional. You can complete them at any time. 5. Press ENTER to save y...

Page 67 - modem; Customizing your phone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 43 Customizing your phone 3 3. Enter 6220 in the Alias Set Type field. This is the name or model of the unsupported phone. 4. Enter 2500 in the Supported Set Type field. Enter the supported model in this fie...

Page 68 - Upgrading phones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 44 Upgrading phones 3 It will be much easier to monitor and test your system if you have a phone with: ■ a large multi-button display (such as 8434D or 8410D) ■ a class of service (cos) that has console perm...

Page 69 - Swapping phones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 45 Swapping phones 3 2. Overwrite 7410+ with 8411D in the Type field. Now you can access the functions and feature buttons that correspond to an 8411D phone. Swapping phones You will often find that you need...

Page 70 - Using TTI to move phones; Before you can merge a telephone, you must set the TTI State field to; voice; on the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 46 Using TTI to move phones 3 Using TTI to move phones Terminal Translation Initialization (TTI) allows you to merge an x-ported station to a valid port by dialing a TTI merge code, a system-wide security co...

Page 72 - TTI separation from a telephone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 48 Using TTI to move phones 3 TTI separation from a telephone To complete a TTI separation, complete the following steps from the telephone that needs to be separated: 1. Dial the TTI separate FAC. 2. Dial t...

Page 73 - Removing phones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 49 Removing phones 3 translation. This can happen when the number of telephones allowed by the system is twice the number of data terminals. For example, if the system limit for telephones is 15,000 and 7,50...

Page 74 - change

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 50 Removing phones 3 3. Type list groups-of-extension 1234 and press RETURN . The Extension Group Membership screen shows whether the extension is a member of any groups on the system. 4. Press CANCEL . 5. I...

Page 75 - Adding a fax or modem; ‘‘Adding new phones’’ on page 37; fax

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 51 Adding a fax or modem 3 Now you can unplug the set from the jack and store it for future use. You do not need to disconnect the wiring at the cross-connect field. The extension and port address remain ava...

Page 76 - Adding a DEFINITY IP Softphone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 52 Adding a DEFINITY IP Softphone 3 Adding a DEFINITY IP Softphone DEFINITY IP Softphones enable the end user to control telephone calls directly from a personal computer (PC). An end user can log into your ...

Page 77 - add station

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 53 Adding a DEFINITY IP Softphone 3 Instructions for adding a road-warrior application You can use the road-warrior application when you have only a single telephone line available to access the DEFINITY sys...

Page 78 - permanent

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 54 Adding a DEFINITY IP Softphone 3 2. In the Type field, enter the model of phone you want to use, such as 6408D . 3. In the Port field, type x for virtual phone or enter the port number if there is hardwar...

Page 79 - You can use; ‘‘DEFINITY Internet Protocol (IP) Softphones’’ on page 1119

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phones 55 Adding a DEFINITY IP Softphone 3 NOTE: Use the add station command if this is a new DCP extension. Use the change station command for an existing DCP extension and ignore steps 2 and 3.) 2. In the Port fi...

Page 81 - Managing phone features; Telephone feature buttons; Adding feature buttons

Managing phone features 57 Adding feature buttons 4 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 4 Managing phone features This section provides generic instructions for adding any feature button. Because you may need more information to decide which feature buttons y...

Page 82 - until you locate the Feature Button Assignment fields.; or refer to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 58 Telephone feature buttons 4 2. Press NEXT PAGE until you locate the Feature Button Assignment fields. Some phones have several feature button groups. Make sure that you are changing the correct bu...

Page 83 - AD

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 59 Telephone feature buttons 4 equipped with alphanumeric displays. Note that some buttons may require 1-lamp or 2-lamp buttons. Some buttons are not allowed on some systems and on some phones. Table...

Page 84 - Telephone feature buttons —; Continued; Button name; Continued on next page

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 60 Telephone feature buttons 4 aca-halt Auto-Ckt Assure Automatic Circuit Assurance (display button): allows users of display telephones to identify trunk malfunctions. The system automatically initi...

Page 85 - Assist

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 61 Telephone feature buttons 4 ani-requst ANI Request Automatic Number Identification Request: allows the user to display the calling party’s number from incoming trunks during the voice state of cal...

Page 86 - Auto In

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 62 Telephone feature buttons 4 auto-icom(Group: __) Auto (name or ext #) Automatic Intercom: places a call to the station associated with the button. The called user receives a unique alerting signal...

Page 89 - Check In

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 65 Telephone feature buttons 4 cas-backup CAS Backup Centralized Attendant Service Backup: used to redirect all CAS calls to a backup extension in the local branch if all RLTs are out-of-service or m...

Page 90 - consult

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 66 Telephone feature buttons 4 consult Consult The Consult button allows a covering user, after answering a coverage call, to call the principal (called party) for private consultation. Activating Co...

Page 91 - Crisis; Date Time

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 67 Telephone feature buttons 4 crss-alert Crisis Crisis Alert (display button): provide this button to the telephones or consoles that you want to notify when any user makes an emergency call. (You d...

Page 92 - directory

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 68 Telephone feature buttons 4 directory Directory Directory (display button): allows users with display telephones to access the system directory, use the touch-tone buttons to key in a name, and re...

Page 95 - inspect

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 71 Telephone feature buttons 4 inspect Inspect Mode Inspect (display button): allows users on an active call to display the identification of an incoming call. Inspect also allows users to determine ...

Page 96 - None

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 72 Telephone feature buttons 4 man-msg-wt(Ext: ___) Msg Wait (name orext #) Manual Message Waiting: allows a multiappearance telephone user to press a button on their telephone in order to light the ...

Page 97 - ‘‘Extensions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 73 Telephone feature buttons 4 mct-contr MCT Control Malicious Call Trace Control: allows the user to take control of a malicious call trace request. Once the user becomes the MCT controller, the sys...

Page 98 - MM Call

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 74 Telephone feature buttons 4 mm-call MM Call Multimedia Call: used to indicate a call is to be a multimedia call. 1 per station mm-cfwd MM CallFwd Multimedia Call Forward: used to activate forwardi...

Page 102 - verify

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 78 Telephone feature buttons 4 verify Verify Busy Verification: allows users to make test calls and verify a station or a trunk. 1 per station vip-retry VIP Retry VIP Retry: starts to flash when the ...

Page 103 - Adding abbreviated dialing lists; Answerback

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 79 Adding abbreviated dialing lists 4 Adding abbreviated dialing lists Abbreviated dialing is sometimes called speed dialing. It allows you to dial a short code in place of an extension or phone numb...

Page 104 - add abbreviated-dialing; Abbreviated Dialing List

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 80 Adding abbreviated dialing lists 4 restriction level (FRL) checking. This allows access to selected numbers that some phone users might otherwise be restricted from manually dialing. For example, ...

Page 105 - group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 81 Adding abbreviated dialing lists 4 You can display your new abbreviated-dialing list to verify that the information is correct or print a copy of the list for your paper records. Once you define a...

Page 107 - ‘‘Abbreviated Dialing’’ on page 1129

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 83 Adding abbreviated dialing lists 4 More information There are limits to the total number of abbreviated dialing list entries, the number of personal dial lists, and the number of group dial lists ...

Page 108 - Setting up bridged call appearances; To create a bridged call appearance:; and the bridged-to extension and press

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 84 Setting up bridged call appearances 4 Setting up bridged call appearances Think of a bridged call appearance as a phone (the primary set) with an extension (the bridged-to appearance). Both phones...

Page 109 - Complete the appropriate field for your phone type.; Btn and Ext fields appear. If Per Button Ring Control is set to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 85 Setting up bridged call appearances 4 4. Press NEXT PAGE until Per Button Ring Control appears (digital sets only). ■ If you want to assign ringing separately to each bridged appearance, type y . ...

Page 110 - bridged call appearance.; list bridge; and the extension, and press

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 86 Setting up bridged call appearances 4 Station screen (digital set) 8. Enter the primary phone’s button number that you want to assign as the bridged call appearance. This button flashes when a cal...

Page 111 - Visitor telephones; on the Security-Related System Parameters screen to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 87 Setting up Terminal Self Administration 4 ■ Visitor telephones An executive may have another telephone in their office that is to be used by visitors. It may be desirable that the visitor be able ...

Page 112 - admin

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing phone features 88 Setting up Terminal Self Administration 4 For example, to assign a security code of 12345678 to extension 4234, complete the following steps: 1. Type change station 4234 and press RETURN . The Sta...

Page 115 - Managing your attendant consoles; The attendant console also can allow your attendants to monitor:; 02 attendant consoles; Figure 1 on

Managing your attendant consoles 91 Overview 5 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 5 Managing your attendant consoles This section provides an overview to the DEFINITY attendant consoles. It also explains how to add new consoles, remove consoles, and how to s...

Page 117 - Figure Notes; 02C attendant console; Call processing area

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 93 Overview 5 Figure Notes Figure 2. 302C attendant console 1. Handset 2. Handset cradle 3. Call processing area 4. Warning lamps and call waiting lamps 5. Outside-line buttons 6. Display bu...

Page 118 - Console feature button layout

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 94 Overview 5 Figure 3. Console feature button layout Figure 4. Enhanced Selector Console 1 ONLY) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 ...

Page 119 - DEFINITY PC consoles; Adding an attendant console; add attendant 2

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 95 Adding an attendant console 5 DEFINITY PC consoles The DEFINITY PC Console is a Microsoft Windows-based call handling application for DEFINITY system attendants. It provides an ideal way ...

Page 120 - This is the type of attendant console.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 96 Adding an attendant console 5 2. In the Type field, enter 302B1 . This is the type of attendant console. 3. If you want this attendant to have its own extension, enter one in the Extensio...

Page 121 - ‘‘Attendant console feature buttons’’; Attendant console feature buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 97 Attendant console feature buttons 5 8. If you are using the Enhanced Selector console, assign the Hundreds Select Buttons that you want this console to have. If you want this console to b...

Page 127 - ‘‘Telephone feature buttons’’ on page 58

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 103 Attendant console feature buttons 5 Visually Impaired Service (VIAS) VIS vis 1 Console Status con-stat 1 Display display 1 DTGS Status dtgs-stat 1 Last Message last-mess 1 Last Operation...

Page 128 - Removing an attendant console

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 104 Removing an attendant console 5 Removing an attendant console Before you physically remove an attendant from your system, check the attendant’s status, remove it from any group or usage ...

Page 129 - Setting console parameters; change console-parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 105 Setting console parameters 5 Setting console parameters You can define system-wide console settings on the Console Parameters screen. For example, if you want to warn your attendants whe...

Page 130 - Providing backup for an attendant

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing your attendant consoles 106 Providing backup for an attendant 5 Providing backup for an attendant DEFINITY ECS allows you to configure your system so that you have backup positions for your attendant. Attendant Bac...

Page 133 - Managing displays; Displaying caller information

Managing displays 109 Displaying caller information 6 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 6 Managing displays Displaying caller information This chapter provides information on the messages that appear on the read-out screen on display phones. Your system use...

Page 134 - ‘‘Automatic; change trunk group 10; Trunk Group; tone; Displaying ICLID Information

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing displays 110 Displaying ICLID Information 6 Instructions Let’s set up tie trunk group 10 to receive calling party information and display the calling party number on the phone of the person called. NOTE: These inst...

Page 135 - change trunk group 1; Bellcore

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing displays 111 Displaying ICLID Information 6 Before you start Be sure Analog Trunk Incoming Call ID field is set to y on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen. Refer to the DEFINITY ECS System Description fo...

Page 136 - Changing the display language; Roman; ‘‘Feature information

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing displays 112 Changing the display language 6 Changing the display language This section explains how to change the display language. Before you start ■ Make sure the 64/84xx Display Character Set field on the Syste...

Page 137 - change display-language transfer; Language Translations; abtretung abgeschlossen; ‘‘Mapping enhanced display characters’’ on page 1528

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing displays 113 Changing the display language 6 2. Type user-defined in the Display Language field. NOTE: If “user-defined” is selected for the display language and no translations are defined on the Language Translat...

Page 138 - Symptom

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing displays 114 Changing the display language 6 Related topics Refer to ‘‘Telephone Displays’’ on page 1499 more information about choosing the language for messages on your display phones and for mapping US English t...

Page 139 - Setting up directory buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing displays 115 Setting up directory buttons 6 Setting up directory buttons Your switch directory contains the names and extensions that are assigned on each station screen. Display-phone users can use a phone button ...

Page 141 - Setting up basic call coverage; Basic incoming call coverage:

Handling incoming calls 117 Setting up basic call coverage 7 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 7 Handling incoming calls Setting up basic call coverage This chapter shows you how to set up call coverage for incoming calls to be sure that incoming calls are ...

Page 142 - ‘‘System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding’’ on page; ‘‘Covering calls redirected to an off-site location’’ on page 121; Creating coverage paths

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 118 Setting up basic call coverage 7 Administering system-wide call coverage characteristics This section shows you how to set up system-wide call coverage characteristics that govern how coverage is...

Page 143 - add coverage path next; Coverage Path

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 119 Setting up basic call coverage 7 Instructions To create a coverage path: 1. Type add coverage path next and press RETURN . The Coverage Path screen appears. The system displays the next undefined...

Page 144 - display coverage sender group n; Assigning a coverage path to users; Related information; ‘‘Assigning coverage options’’ on page 291

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 120 Setting up basic call coverage 7 5. Press ENTER to save your changes. Tip: If you want to see which extensions or groups use a specific coverage path, type display coverage sender group n , where...

Page 145 - Setting up advanced call coverage; change system-parameters coverage-forwarding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 121 Setting up advanced call coverage 7 Setting up advanced call coverage Advanced incoming call coverage: ■ redirects calls based on time-of-day ■ allows coverage of calls that are redirected to sit...

Page 146 - In the Coverage of Calls Redirected Off-Net Enabled field, type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 122 Setting up advanced call coverage 7 2. In the Coverage of Calls Redirected Off-Net Enabled field, type y . This instructs the DEFINITY ECS to monitor the progress of an off-net coverage or off-ne...

Page 147 - change coverage remote; Remote Call Coverage Table; change coverage path 2

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 123 Setting up advanced call coverage 7 To use a remote phone number as a coverage point, you need to define the number in the Remote Call Coverage Table and then use the remote code in the coverage ...

Page 149 - Time of Day Coverage Table

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 125 Setting up advanced call coverage 7 Instructions To set up a time-of-day coverage plan that redirects calls for our example above: 1. Type add coverage time-of-day next and press RETURN . The Tim...

Page 150 - Creating coverage answer groups; add coverage answer-group next; Coverage Answer Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 126 Setting up advanced call coverage 7 2. Move your cursors to Coverage Path 1 and type t plus the number of the Time of Day Coverage Table. 3. Press ENTER to save your changes. Now calls to extensi...

Page 151 - ‘‘Assigning a coverage path to users’’ on page 120; Setting up call forwarding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 127 Setting up call forwarding 7 2. In the Group Name field, enter a name to identify the coverage group. 3. In the Ext field, type the extension of each group member. 4. Press ENTER to save your new...

Page 152 - To determine which extensions have call forwarding activated:; status station nnnn; nnnn is the specific extension.; ‘‘Call Forwarding’’ on page 1278; Setting up call forwarding for users

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 128 Setting up call forwarding 7 As the administrator, you can administer system-wide call-forwarding parameters to control when calls are forwarded. Use the System Parameters Call Coverage/Call Forw...

Page 153 - change cos; Class of Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 129 Setting up call forwarding 7 2. In the Call Forwarding Activation Busy/DA field, type *70 . The *70 feature access code activates the call forwarding option so incoming calls forward when your ph...

Page 155 - Changing the forwarding destination remotely; ‘‘Telecommuting Access’’ on page 951; Allowing users to change coverage remotely

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 131 Setting up call forwarding 7 2. They dial their “forwarding-to” off-site or on-site number. In this example, enter 2081 . This is a local number; for offsite forwarding, include the AAR/ARS featu...

Page 156 - change cor; Class of Restriction; Setting up night service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 132 Setting up night service 7 Instructions To change call coverage from off-site: 1. Type change feature-access-codes and press RETURN . The Feature Access Code screen appears. 2. In the Change Cove...

Page 157 - There are five types of night service:; Setting up night station service to voice mail; To set up a night station service to voice mail:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 133 Setting up night service 7 There are five types of night service: ■ Night Console Night Service — directs all attendant calls to a night or day/night console ■ Night Station Night Service — direc...

Page 158 - ldn nights; change tenant x; Listed Directory Numbers

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 134 Setting up night service 7 The Group Number field fills automatically with the next hunt group number. 2. In the Group Name field, type the name of the group. In our example, type ldn nights . Th...

Page 159 - In our example, type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 135 Setting up night service 7 5. In the Night Destination field, add the night destination on the listed directory phone. In our example, type 51002 . 6. Press ENTER to save your changes. 7. Type ch...

Page 160 - Setting up night console service; ‘‘Setting up trunk answer from any station’’ on; change attendant 2

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 136 Setting up night service 7 10. From a phone with console permissions, dial the call forwarding feature access code, then the hunt group’s extension, followed by the main number of AUDIX. In our e...

Page 161 - principal; Setting up night station service; ‘‘Managing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 137 Setting up night service 7 2. In the Console Type field, type principal . There can be only one night-only or one day/night console in the system unless you administer Tenant Partitioning. Night ...

Page 162 - ‘‘Setting up trunk answer from any; Console Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 138 Setting up night service 7 Tip: All trunk groups that are routed through the attendant direct to this night service destination provided they already do not have a night service destination and, ...

Page 163 - Setting up trunk answer from any station

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 139 Setting up night service 7 5. In the DID-LDN Only to LDN Night Extension field, type n . 6. Press ENTER to save your changes. After you set up night station service, have the attendant use the ni...

Page 165 - Use the port address assigned to the external alerting device.; Setting up external alerting night service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 141 Setting up night service 7 2. In the EXT Alert Port (TAAS) field, type 01A0702 . Use the port address assigned to the external alerting device. 3. Press ENTER to save your changes. Setting up ext...

Page 168 - Setting up trunk group night service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 144 Setting up night service 7 Setting up trunk group night service You can use trunk group night service if you want to direct individual trunk groups to night service. The system redirects calls fr...

Page 169 - Setting up night service for hunt groups; Hunt Group; attd; ‘‘Adding feature buttons’’ on page 57

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 145 Setting up night service 7 Setting up night service for hunt groups You can administer hunt group night service if you want to direct hunt group calls to a night service destination. Let’s say yo...

Page 170 - ‘‘Managing hunt groups’’ on page 152; How do night service types interact?; Adding call pickup; call type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 146 Adding call pickup 7 Related topics ‘‘Managing hunt groups’’ on page 152 . How do night service types interact? Let’s look at an example of how several types of night service might be used in one...

Page 171 - Creating pickup groups; add pickup-group next; Pickup Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 147 Adding call pickup 7 Creating pickup groups A pickup group is a list of phones where each member of the group can answer another member’s calls. For example, if you want everyone in the payroll d...

Page 172 - Setting up directed call pickup; Setting up “simple” extended group pickup; simple

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 148 Adding call pickup 7 Setting up directed call pickup To set up a phone so that the user can pick up calls with Directed Call Pickup, you need to determine if directed call pickup is enabled on yo...

Page 173 - number of the extended pickup group to change.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 149 Adding call pickup 7 7. Type add pickup-group next and press RETURN . The Pickup Group screen appears. 8. Enter the primary extensions of the users desired in the pickup group. Administer all the...

Page 174 - Setting up “flexible” extended group pickup; flexible

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 150 Adding call pickup 7 10. In the Pickup Group Number column, enter the pickup group number of the pickup groups that belong to the extended group being administered. The Pickup Number associated w...

Page 175 - Extended Pickup Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 151 Adding call pickup 7 5. In the Extended Group Call Pickup Access Code field, type the desired FAC. Refer to the dial plan to enter the correct sequence and number of digits. 6. Press ENTER to sav...

Page 176 - Managing hunt groups; What are hunt groups?

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 152 Managing hunt groups 7 Pickup Numbers. A unique “Extended Pickup Group number can be assigned to each pickup group on this screen. The entries in the Extended Group are the groups that can have c...

Page 177 - internal helpline; COS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 153 Managing hunt groups 7 We will assign 3 people (agents) and their extensions to our helpline. We want calls to go to the first available person. Instructions To set up our helpline hunt group: 1....

Page 178 - ‘‘Hunt Group’’ on page 696; Changing a hunt group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 154 Managing hunt groups 7 6. In the Ext field, type the extensions of the agents you want in the hunt group. We’ll type 1011 , 1012 , and 1013 . Tip: For a ddc group type (also known as “hot seat” s...

Page 179 - Setting up a queue

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 155 Managing hunt groups 7 Setting up a queue You can tell your switch how to handle a hunt-group call when it cannot be answered right away. The call waits in a “queue.” Let’s tell the switch that u...

Page 180 - Adding hunt group announcements; ‘‘Recording announcements’’ on page 368

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 156 Managing hunt groups 7 4. In the Calls Waiting Threshold field, type the maximum number of calls that can be in the queue before the system flashes the queue status buttons. In our example, type ...

Page 181 - Managing vectors and VDNs

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 157 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 3. In the First Announcement Extension field, type the extension of the announcement you want callers to hear. In our example, type 1234 . 4. In the First Announcement...

Page 182 - Writing vectors; Use

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 158 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 What are vectors? A vector is a series of commands that you design to tell the system how to handle incoming calls. A vector can contain up to 32 steps and allows cust...

Page 183 - change vector 1; main number calls; display system-parameters customer-options; . This makes it very easy to type in your vector steps.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 159 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 Instructions To write a vector: 1. Type change vector 1 and press RETURN . The Call Vector screen appears. The vector Number field on the left side of the screen is fi...

Page 184 - Putting a call in a queue; Playing an announcement; goto; command creates the loop to repeat the announcement and the music.; Unconditionally; means under all conditions.; queue-to main split 47 pri 1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 160 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 Putting a call in a queue Write a vector so that calls that come into the main business number redirect to a queue. We’ll use a vector-controlled hunt group for the ma...

Page 185 - Routing based on time of day; Write a vector for calls that come in after your office closes.; wait-time 60 secs hearing music

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 161 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 Tip: Rather than loop your vectors directly back to the announcement step, go to the previous queue-to step. This way, if for some reason the call does not queue the f...

Page 186 - If the; command in step 5 fails, the switch goes to the next step. The; in; Stop; keeps the call in the state it was in before the; Allowing callers to leave a message; stop

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 162 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 For after hours treatment, write this vector (steps 1, 6, and 7): If the goto command in step 5 fails, the switch goes to the next step. The stop in step 6 prevents ca...

Page 187 - Redirecting calls during an emergency or holiday; To quickly redirect calls:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 163 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 To let callers leave messages, write this vector (step 7): Redirecting calls during an emergency or holiday You can provide a quick way for a supervisor or agent to re...

Page 188 - Giving callers additional choices; goto step 10 if staff agents split 10 > 0

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 164 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 When there is an emergency, fire drill, or holiday, the supervisor or agent logs into this split. When an agent logs into split 10, the system looks at vector step 1, ...

Page 189 - Inserting a step; change vector 20; Call Vector; wait-time 0 seconds hearing music

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 165 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 To let callers connect to an extension, write this kind of vector: Inserting a step It is easy to change a vector step and not have to retype the entire vector. Let’s ...

Page 190 - Deleting a step; display events

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 166 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 Deleting a step To delete vector step 5 from vector 20: 1. Type change vector 20 and press RETURN . The Call Vector screen appears. 2. Press EDIT . 3. Type d followed ...

Page 191 - To see all current vector events, press; OR; Vector directory numbers

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 167 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 2. To see all current vector events, press RETURN . OR Indicate the events that you want to see by completing the Report Period and Search Option fields. Refer to DEFI...

Page 192 - Adding a vector directory number; Vector Directory; Sales Department

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 168 Managing vectors and VDNs 7 ! SECURITY ALERT: Vector fraud is one of the most common types of toll fraud because vectors route calls based on the class of restriction (COR) assigned to the VDN. R...

Page 193 - both; BCMS must be enabled to use “both.” Use; Viewing vector directory numbers; list VDN; Vector Directory Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 169 Understanding Automatic Call Distribution 7 4. In the Measured field, indicate how you want to measure calls to his VDN. In our example, type both (for both CMS and BCMS). Tip: BCMS must be enabl...

Page 194 - Enhancing an ACD system; ‘‘What are

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 170 Assigning a terminating extension group 7 Enhancing an ACD system First, all call center management systems (such as Lucent’s Basic Call Management System (BCMS), BCMSVu, and the sophisticated Ce...

Page 195 - advertising

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 171 Assigning a terminating extension group 7 2. In the Group Extension field, type 6725 . This is the extension for the advertising group. 3. In the Group Name, type advertising . This is the name o...

Page 196 - In the Bridged Call Alerting field, type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Handling incoming calls 172 Assigning a terminating extension group 7 12. In the Bridged Call Alerting field, type y . This provides audible ringing for TEG calls. 13. In the Button Assignments section, type term-x-gr 1 . T...

Page 197 - Routing outgoing calls; World class routing; This section describes only ARS call routing.

Routing outgoing calls 173 World class routing 8 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 8 Routing outgoing calls World class routing Your system uses Automatic Alternate Routing (AAR) and Automatic Route Selection (ARS) to direct outgoing calls. ■ AAR routes cal...

Page 198 - Managing calling privileges; change cor 7; Assigning ARS FAC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 174 Managing calling privileges 8 Managing calling privileges Each time you set up a phone, you use the station screen to assign a COR. You can create different CORs for different groups of users. For...

Page 199 - Displaying ARS analysis information; display ars analysis 1; Understanding ARS analysis; AAR and ARS Digit Analysis Table

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 175 Displaying ARS analysis information 8 Instructions To assign the ARS FAC: 1. Type change dialplan and press ENTER . The Dial Plan Record screen appears. 2. Move to the 9 row and type fac in the fi...

Page 200 - Examples of digit conversion

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 176 Understanding ARS analysis 8 The far-left column of the ARS Digit Analysis Table lists the first digits in the dialed string. When a user makes an outgoing call, the system analyzes the digits, lo...

Page 201 - The table below reflects these values:; ARS Digit Conversion Examples

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 177 Understanding ARS analysis 8 The table below reflects these values: ■ ARS feature access code = 9AAR feature access code = 8Private Network Office Code (also known as Home RNX) = 222Prefix 1 is re...

Page 202 - Defining operator assisted calls; display ars analysis 0

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 178 Understanding ARS analysis 8 Defining operator assisted calls Let’s look at how the switch routes an ARS call that begins with 0 and requires operator assistance. Remember, the user dials 9 to acc...

Page 203 - Restricted area codes and prefixes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 179 Understanding ARS analysis 8 IXC numbers begin with 1010, followed by three digits, plus the number as it is normally dialed including 0, 00, or 1+ 10 digits. These numbers are set up on your defa...

Page 204 - ‘‘Using wild cards’’ on page 181; change ars analysis 120

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 180 Understanding ARS analysis 8 You can also deny access to the 976 prefix, which is set aside in each area code for pay-per call services, if you do not want to incur charges. You can block 976 or a...

Page 205 - Using wild cards; change ars analysis 1; deny; Defining local information calls; change ars analysis 4

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 181 Understanding ARS analysis 8 Using wild cards You can use wild cards to help separate out calls to certain numbers. Remember, when you use the wild card x in the Dialed String field, the switch re...

Page 206 - svcl; Setting up multiple locations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 182 Setting up multiple locations 8 2. Use the arrow keys to move to a blank Dialed String field. 3. Enter 411 in the Dialed String field. 4. Enter 3 in the Total Mn and 3 in Total Mx fields. 5. Enter...

Page 207 - Type; change multiple locations; Locations; Chicago

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 183 Setting up multiple locations 8 the cabinet in New York. We’ll define the numbering plan area (NPA) for the Chicago and New York locations, and set the time zone offset for NY to show the differen...

Page 208 - New York; ‘‘Setting the system date and time’’ on page 9; Routing with multiple locations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 184 Routing with multiple locations 8 Tip: Use display daylight-savings-rules to see what rules have been administered on your switch. 6. Type 312 in the Number Plan Area Code field in the Number 1 ro...

Page 209 - AAR or ARS must be administered.; To define local calls for switches in Chicago and New York:; change ars analysis location 1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 185 Routing with multiple locations 8 AAR or ARS must be administered. ■ For AAR, verify that either the Private Networking field or the Uniform Dialing Plan field is y on the System-Parameters Custom...

Page 210 - hnpa; change ars analysis 4 location 2; ‘‘Automatic routing — general’’ on page 1167; Modifying call routing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 186 Modifying call routing 8 In our example, for location 1 (Chicago) local HNPA calls: ■ Type the appropriate digit in the Dialed String field ■ Type 7 in the Total Min field ■ Type 7 in the Total Ma...

Page 211 - Adding a new area code or prefix; If you do not need to use 1 for area code calls, omit the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 187 Modifying call routing 8 Adding a new area code or prefix A common task for system administrators is to configure their system to recognize new area codes or prefixes. When you want to add a new a...

Page 212 - fnpa; ‘‘Setting up multiple locations’’ on page 182

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 188 Modifying call routing 8 4. Move to a blank Dialed String field. If the dialed string is already defined in your system, the cursor appears in the appropriate Dialed String field, where you can ma...

Page 213 - Using ARS to restrict outgoing calls; country

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 189 Modifying call routing 8 Using ARS to restrict outgoing calls ARS allows you to block outgoing calls to specific dialed strings. For example, you can restrict users from making international calls...

Page 214 - Overriding call restrictions; Let’s create an authorization code 4395721with a COR of 2.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 190 Overriding call restrictions 8 Overriding call restrictions You can use authorization codes to enable callers to override a station’s calling privileges. For example, you can give a supervisor an ...

Page 215 - Defining ARS Partitions; To enable 1-800 calls for partition group 2:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 191 Defining ARS Partitions 8 Defining ARS Partitions Most companies want all their users to be able to make the same calls and follow the same route patterns. However, you may find it helpful to prov...

Page 216 - Partition Route Table

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 192 Defining ARS Partitions 8 2. Record the route pattern for the selected dialed string. In our example, the route pattern for 1800 is p1. This indicates that the system uses the Partition Routing Ta...

Page 217 - Assigning a phone to a partition group; list cor; change cor 3; lobby

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 193 Defining ARS Partitions 8 Assigning a phone to a partition group To assign an extension to a partition group, first assign the partition group to a Class of Restriction (COR), and then assign that...

Page 218 - Setting up time of day routing; Time of Day Routing Plan

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 194 Setting up time of day routing 8 Now assign COR 3 to the lobby phone at extension 1234: 1. Type change station 1234 and press RETURN . The Station screen for 1234 appears. 2. In the COR field, ent...

Page 219 - ‘‘Class of Restriction’’ on page 520

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 195 Setting up time of day routing 8 Make a note of the routing plan that is currently in effect. In our example, this plan is for employees who can only make local calls. You can see that in our exam...

Page 220 - Example; ‘‘Route Pattern’’ on page 865; Setting up shortcut dialing; an attempt to activate them with an AAR/ARS Shortcut; fail

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 196 Setting up shortcut dialing 8 Example For this example, assume the following: ■ Jim is the user at extension 1234. ■ Extension 1234 is assigned a COR of 2. ■ COR 2 is assigned a Time of Day Plan N...

Page 221 - change dial plan

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 197 Setting up shortcut dialing 8 Use AAR/ARS shortcut dialing to modify your dial plan and expand the capabilities of automatic routing. For example, with shortcut dialing, users can make AAR and ARS...

Page 222 - ars; Add numbers to a DCS network; entry in First Digit 8 corresponds to a standard AAR Feature; entry in First Digit * corresponds to a standard ARS; Calls from

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 198 Setting up shortcut dialing 8 2. Type ars in First Digit row 9, Length column 3. This allows direct dialing of the emergency number, 911. ARS analysis begins when the number dialed starts with 9 a...

Page 223 - ‘‘Understanding the dial plan’’ on page 19; aar

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Routing outgoing calls 199 Setting up shortcut dialing 8 Instructions To add 7-digit shortcut dialing to a 5-digit uniform dial plan: 1. Type change dial plan and press RETURN. The Dial Plan Record screen appears. 2. Type a...

Page 225 - Managing multimedia calling; Some autonomous MMCX features:

Managing multimedia calling 201 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 9 Managing multimedia calling Multimedia Applications Server Interface The Multimedia Applications Server Interface (MASI) defines a protocol and a ...

Page 227 - List of terms

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 203 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 You need to use both the DEFINITY system administration terminal (SAT) and the MMCX administration terminal to administer MASI. This document descri...

Page 228 - MMCX interface; Planning for MASI; chgmasi; MASI configurations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 204 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ MMCX interface — PRI interface for connecting an MMCX server to other public, private or WAN switching systems or equipment that is part of the pu...

Page 229 - MASI domain of one DEFINITY ECS and one MMCX; Trunk 1 — This is any type of trunk connection to the public network.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 205 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Figure 5. MASI domain of one DEFINITY ECS and one MMCX The parts of this drawing, for MASI, are as follows: ■ Trunk 1 — This is any type of trunk co...

Page 230 - MASI domain of one DEFINITY ECS and two (or more) MMCXs

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 206 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Figure 6. MASI domain of one DEFINITY ECS and two (or more) MMCXs DEFINITY PSTN PSTN WAN AUDIX S1 Trunk 1 Trunk 3 Trunk 2 SG2 SG1 MMCX 1 MMCX 2 DEFI...

Page 231 - Two separate MASI domains

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 207 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Figure 7. Two separate MASI domains DEFINITY PSTN PSTN WAN AUDIX S1 Trunk 1 Trunk 4 Trunk 3 Trunk 2 SG2 SG1 MMCX 1 MMCX 2 DEFINITY 1 DEFINITY AUDIX ...

Page 232 - How to administer MASI

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 208 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Figure 8. One MASI domain, and one non-MASI MMCX The MASI node must be directly connected to the DEFINITY ECS for MASI features to work. In this con...

Page 233 - terminal. This section sometimes refers to the; command. This is the; Using the; set options; Step 3 — Establish the physical connection; Line Compensation = 1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 209 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 terminal. This section sometimes refers to the chgmasi command. This is the command you use to administer MASI parameters on the MMCX. For more info...

Page 235 - TSC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 211 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Screen 2. Administered NCA TSC Assignment page of the Signaling Group form ■ Service/Feature — Leave blank. ■ As-needed Inactivity Time-out (min) — ...

Page 236 - masi

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 212 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ Appl. — Specifies the application this administered NCA-TSC is going to be used for. Enter masi . ■ Machine ID — Used to indicate the MASI node to...

Page 237 - Step 6 — Administer ISDN-PRI trunk group; ‘‘ISDN trunk group’’; addpri; Step 7 — Administer MASI Path Parameters; change masi path-parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 213 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Step 6 — Administer ISDN-PRI trunk group Use the command add trunk-group xxx to access the Trunk Groups form. For a more detailed description of the...

Page 238 - Step 8 — Administer MASI trunk groups

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 214 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Establish a MASI Path with the following attributes: ■ Near-End Path Extension — An unassigned DEFINITY extension. When using the chgmasi command to...

Page 240 - Remote Group Number; — This is the number of the remote trunk group.; How to view a list of all MASI trunk groups; list masi trunk-group; How to determine the status of MASI trunk groups; To determine the status of a specific MASI trunk, use the command; status masi; , where xxx is the trunk group number. This command provides

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 216 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ Remote Group Number — This is the number of the remote trunk group. For ISDN-PRI interfaces, valid values are any number 1–8; for LAN or WAN calli...

Page 241 - Status masi trunk-group output; Step 9 — Administer MASI terminals; Use the; add masi terminal; or; next; command to administer each MASI; MASI Terminal Form — page 1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 217 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Screen 7. Status masi trunk-group output Step 9 — Administer MASI terminals Use the add masi terminal xxxxx or next command to administer each MASI ...

Page 242 - ‘‘Call Detail Recording’’ on page 1221

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 218 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ Extension — This field displays the extension that you entered on the command line. ■ BCC — This field displays the bearer capability class of the...

Page 243 - Duplicate MASI terminal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 219 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ AUDIX Name — This field only appears on G3r configurations. This field contains the name of the AUDIX adjunct for LWC messages. If LWC reception f...

Page 244 - Duplicate MASI Terminal form; How to list and status MASI terminals; list masi terminals; .This command only lists terminals within the; List MASI Terminal output

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 220 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Screen 11. Duplicate MASI Terminal form How to list and status MASI terminals To view a list of all the MASI terminals administered on the ECS, use ...

Page 245 - Status MASI terminal command; Step 10 — Administer features; AAR/ARS is an optional feature on DEFINITY ECS, and you need to; . If it is not enabled, contact your Lucent Technologies

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 221 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Screen 13. Status MASI terminal command To determine which extension you assigned as the MASI Near-End Path Termination extension, use the command l...

Page 246 - chgdp; CDR

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 222 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 2. The MMCX dial plan must use the same feature access codes as the DEFINITY ECS. If this is not already the case, modify the MMCX dial plan using t...

Page 247 - MASI command permissions; command. Enter y in the Additional Restrictions field,; Detailed description of features

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 223 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Call an unattended MASI terminal. Verify that the call goes to AUDX. Retrieve the call from the MASI terminal. Verify that all works as expected. MA...

Page 248 - ‘‘How to administer MASI’’ on page 208; Call redirection / Voice-messaging access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 224 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 The following are the CDR capabilities of MASI. Administration information is under the heading ‘‘How to administer MASI’’ on page 208 . ■ Incoming/...

Page 249 - Transfer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 225 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 Transfer MASI terminals cannot transfer calls to DEFINITY stations, and cannot transfer a call to another MASI terminal if the call involves a DEFIN...

Page 250 - Unsupported Call Center features

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 226 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ! CAUTION: DO NOT ADMINISTER the following features! The following features are not supported for use over the MASI link, and Lucent Technologies ca...

Page 251 - Other interactions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 227 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ Pull transfer — MASI terminals cannot perform a pull transfer operation. You must not administer this feature on an ECS where MASI is active. This...

Page 252 - Basic features; Go to Cover — MASI terminals cannot activate this feature.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 228 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ Attendant Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indicators — You cannot administer Busy/Warning indicators for MASI trunks because they are not standard DEFINI...

Page 253 - Hospitality features; test tsc-administered

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 229 Multimedia Applications Server Interface 9 ■ Malicious Call Trace — MASI terminals cannot initiate malicious call trace. ■ Message Retrieval — MMCX users can only retrieve messages through AU...

Page 254 - Common error conditions; to force a switch; Multimedia Call Handling; Operations in Basic or Enhanced modes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 230 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Common error conditions If the cable from the ECS to the MMCX becomes disconnected, you should see alarms raised against ISDN-SGRP and UDS1-BD. In particular, you s...

Page 255 - Definitions: MMCH features and components; The bandwidth for MMCH calls is limited to 2 B-channels.; MMCH multimedia complex; Basic multimedia complex

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 231 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Definitions: MMCH features and components Multimedia call A multimedia call, for MMCH, is one that conforms to the H.320 and T.120 suite of protocol standards. Thes...

Page 256 - Enhanced multimedia complex; Enhanced MMCH service link; Enhanced mode service link

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 232 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Enhanced multimedia complex An Enhanced multimedia complex consists of a BRI-connected multimedia-equipped PC and a non-BRI-connected multifunction telephone admini...

Page 257 - Feature Description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 233 Multimedia Call Handling 9 service link only applies to an Enhanced multimedia complex, never to a Basic multimedia complex. The service link is administered on the station form and can be ei...

Page 258 - Enhanced Mode Operation; Voice and multimedia calls can be controlled at the telephone set.; Physical Installation; H.320 DVC systems that are BRI connected to the DEFINITY ECS.; Dual Port Desktop

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 234 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Enhanced Mode Operation The Enhanced multimedia complex provides a much more tightly coupled integration of the complex voice station and H.320 DVC system. In Enhan...

Page 259 - The following endpoint-software packages have been tested:; T.120 Data Collaboration Server; The DEFINITY ECS must have an ESM installed.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 235 Multimedia Call Handling 9 The following endpoint-software packages have been tested: ■ PictureTel PCS 50 & PCS 100, Release 1.6T ■ Proshare 2.0a, 2.1 ■ Zydacron Z250 Ver. 2.02, Z350 Ver....

Page 260 - ESM Installation; Use the following procedure and

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 236 Multimedia Call Handling 9 ESM Installation Figure Notes Figure 11. Typical Multimedia Call handling ESM Connections Use the following procedure and Figure 11 to connect to the ESM equipment:...

Page 261 - Planning for MMCH; How many MMCH users are you going to have?; Installation checklist; Lucent Technologies — enable MMCH on System Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 237 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Planning for MMCH The following are some of the tasks you perform in planning and administering MMCH. Planning the system This is a list of questions to help you us...

Page 262 - Related screens

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 238 Multimedia Call Handling 9 6. Administer multimedia complexes: ■ Administer data modules — Data Module screen, or Data Module page of the Station screen. ■ Administer stations as part of a mu...

Page 264 - Administration commands; This default parameter will be either 2x56 or 2x64.; Data module screen; The fields for multimedia are the same on either screen.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 240 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Administration commands System-Parameters Customer-Options form: To enable the MMCH release 6.3 feature, you must change the System-Parameters Customer-Options form...

Page 265 - — Set the data module type to 7500 or WCBRI.; Multimedia; This field appears on the data module screen only if MM is; MM Complex Voice Ext:; This field contains the number; XID and MIM Support; — Valid entries are

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 241 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Screen 15. Data Module screen (Page 1 of 2) Screen 16. Data Module screen (Page 2 of 2) ■ Type — Set the data module type to 7500 or WCBRI. ■ Multimedia — This fiel...

Page 266 - Station screen; first; Service Link Mode

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 242 Multimedia Call Handling 9 Station screen After you have administered the BRI data module, use the Station screen to associate it with a voice station to screen a multimedia complex. This is ...

Page 267 - — Permanent - Multimedia call center agents and other users who are; Multimedia Mode; There are two multimedia modes, Basic and

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 243 Multimedia Call Handling 9 resources. When the service link is disconnected it does not tie up any resources. The Service Link Mode can be administered as either ‘as-needed’ or ‘permanent’ as...

Page 268 - Multimedia Early Answer; ‘‘Hourglass Tone’’ on page 255; Multimedia Buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 244 Multimedia Call Handling 9 ■ Multimedia Early Answer — Valid entries are y and n (default). This field lets you set this phone for early answer of multimedia calls. The system will answer the...

Page 269 - basic; save translation

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 245 Multimedia Call Handling 9 ■ mm-basic — This button is only allowed on the voice station of a multimedia complex. The mm-basic button toggles a station between Basic and Enhanced modes. This ...

Page 270 - — The mm-cfwd button allows a user to indicate that

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 246 Multimedia Call Handling 9 services will not be terminated, (only the station that activated the collaboration session can deactivate it). This button only works for stations connected to a D...

Page 271 - ESM T.120 Server Administration; list configuration all,; field

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 247 Multimedia Call Handling 9 ESM T.120 Server Administration DS1 form, page 1 Screen 17. DS1 Form (Page 1 of 1) From the system administration terminal: 1. Enter list configuration all, and a l...

Page 272 - xxxxx; ESM

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 248 Multimedia Call Handling 9 11. Set the CRC field to y 12. The Idle Code default is 11111111. 13. The DCP/Analog Bearer Capability default is 3.1 kHz. 14. Set the M MI Cabling Board field to x...

Page 273 - change circuit pack; must; Originating voice calls.; All voice calls are originated at the voice station.; Originating multimedia calls.; For a Basic mode complex, multimedia calls are

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 249 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 NOTE: When you move ESM circuit packs, you MUST remove the DS1 and signaling group translations. You cannot use the change circuit pack command. When a ...

Page 274 - The normal way for a Basic multimedia complex

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 250 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 The voice station of a Basic multimedia complex may also use the “mm-call” button or FAC, and the “mm-multinbr” button or FAC to originate multimedia ca...

Page 275 - Multimedia Call feature Access Code; . For stations that do not have an

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 251 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 NOTE: The mm-call feature button is generally used by stations that are part of an Enhanced multimedia complex, but may be used by any station to origin...

Page 276 - Multimedia Multi-number Call feature Access Code; . For stations that do

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 252 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 provide dialtone after the first address has been completed. The user now dials the second destination address digits. The destination address may be pr...

Page 280 - Bridged Appearances.; Creating a multi-party video conference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 256 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 An on-premises user might be able to use Remote Access and enter the entire digit string at once before launching the call, but it would be better to el...

Page 281 - Coverage: Multimedia calls and coverage to voice mail.; Data Collaboration

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 257 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 mm-multinbr button or FAC. After the new party begins alerting, the controller may hit CONFERENCE to add the party to the existing conference on hold. C...

Page 282 - Adding data sharing to a video conference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 258 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 Adding data sharing to a video conference 1. Set up a multimedia conference. 2. Once a multimedia call is active, any voice station in the conference, c...

Page 283 - Single switch data collaboration.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 259 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 Joining a multimedia conference after T.120 data sharing has been enabled. If a multimedia conference with T.120 data sharing is already active and it i...

Page 284 - Dial Access to Attendant.; not

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 260 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 If a call is forwarded from the telephone, the call converts to voice first. If using the multimedia endpoint to forward, the calls arrive at the forwar...

Page 285 - Hunt Groups using Basic Mode complexes.; Since Basic mode complexes may

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 261 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 Hunt Groups using Basic Mode complexes. Since Basic mode complexes may receive point to point multimedia calls at the DVC system and voice calls to the ...

Page 286 - Hunting with Multimedia vectors.; Very often, calls are routed to hunt groups or; Intercept Treatment.; H.320 calls that receive intercept treatment are treated like

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 262 Understanding the multimedia complex 9 them as a unit to a single agent. MMCH uses call association to route both calls to the extension that answered the first call, regardless of how the ca...

Page 287 - Malicious Call Trace.; Enhanced Mode MM complex

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 263 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 ISDN Trunk Groups. Lucent Technologies highly recommends that you use ISDN trunks for multimedia calls. ISDN PRI trunks allow complete 1-number access for an Enhanc...

Page 288 - ORIGINATION; It is recommended, but not required, that Enhanced mode; If the far-end is providing a video signal, the 2-way video will be

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 264 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 voice station to handle voice or multimedia calls in an almost identical manner. Each call appearance on the voice station may represent a voice or multimedia call,...

Page 289 - The originating party may hear different things when the; - originating voice calls; If the station has an mm-call button

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 265 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Hourglass tone. The originating party may hear different things when the incoming multimedia call is answered depending on the nature of the answering party. If the...

Page 291 - Multimedia Multi-number Call feature Access Code.; For stations that do

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 267 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 provide dialtone after the first address has been completed. The user now dials the second destination address digits. The destination address may be provided by di...

Page 293 - Answering

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 269 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 ■ Dial AAR/ARS, Dial 2nd dest. digits 5. Single address with AAR/ARS and authorization code ■ Dial mm-call button or FAC, Hear dialtone ■ Dial AAR/ARS FAC, Dial des...

Page 294 - Answering multimedia calls; It is recommended, but not

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 270 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Answering multimedia calls Incoming multimedia calls will alert at the voice station of the Enhanced multimedia complex in the same manner as voice calls with one a...

Page 295 - - multiple call appearance operation; The following steps create a multi-party voice/video conference:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 271 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 - multiple call appearance operation With an Enhanced mode complex all calls to or from the complex are controlled via the voice station. Each voice or multimedia c...

Page 296 - If party C is; another Enhanced mode complex on the same switch as; , station A does not need to indicate a multimedia call prior to; The following steps add data sharing to a video conference:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 272 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 NOTE: If party C is another Enhanced mode complex on the same switch as station A , station A does not need to indicate a multimedia call prior to dialing the new p...

Page 297 - The user must now use the PC’s GUI to begin application sharing. The; Activating HOLD while on a T.120 data collaboration conference.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 273 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 4. The user must now use the PC’s GUI to begin application sharing. The method for beginning application sharing or file transfer is different for each H.320 multim...

Page 298 - When all parties involved in data; Voice station audio vs. H.320 DVC system audio; feature button on the voice station. There is no feature

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 274 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Single switch data collaboration. When all parties involved in data collaboration conference are located on the same physical DEFINITY ECS, there is no restriction ...

Page 299 - Switching between Basic and Enhanced modes; command is; Forwarding of voice and multimedia calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 275 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Switching between Basic and Enhanced modes There may exist occasions when an Enhanced mode complex needs to switch to Basic mode operation temporarily. One example ...

Page 300 - Multimedia calls and off-net call coverage.; Hunt Groups using Enhanced Mode Complexes; Other considerations.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 276 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 If a plain voice station or a Basic mode complex is the covering party, the answering voice station will receive audio only. If all voice stations in the coverage p...

Page 301 - Typically incoming voice calls consist of 2 B-channel

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 277 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Call association (routing). Typically incoming voice calls consist of 2 B-channel calls to the same address, to provide greater bandwidth and better video resolutio...

Page 302 - Interactions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 278 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Interactions Interactions are listed here only if the operation is different from standard. ■ Administered Connections An Enhanced multimedia complex voice station ...

Page 304 - Terminating Extension Groups; Troubleshooting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 280 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 ■ Terminating Extension Groups A multimedia call to a TEG may be answered by any member of the TEG. If the member answering the call is an Enhanced mode complex sta...

Page 305 - Status commands; status

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 281 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Status commands The status commands for data module, station, trunk, and attendant provide the conference ID and endpoint ID for any of these involved in an active ...

Page 306 - Status Station 1002 — General Status Form; MM Endpoint ID; — This field appears only if the station is active on a; List commands; list multimedia endpoints; command shows you all the multimedia data; list; command shows you all the stations that are

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 282 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Screen 19. Status Station 1002 — General Status Form The following fields specific to multimedia appear on the status station, attendant, data module and trunk scre...

Page 307 - List Multimedia Endpoints Form; Considerations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing multimedia calling 283 Enhanced Mode MM complex 9 Screen 20. List Multimedia Endpoints Form Screen 21. List Multimedia H.320-Stations Form Considerations Each channel of a 2-channel BRI call takes one port on an MM...

Page 309 - Setting up telecommuting

Setting up telecommuting 285 Configuring DEFINITY ECS for telecommuting 10 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 10 Setting up telecommuting Configuring DEFINITY ECS for telecommuting Telecommuting emphasizes the ability to perform telephony activities while re...

Page 311 - change telecommuting-access; change system-parameters coverage; Setting up Personal Station Access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 287 Setting up Personal Station Access 10 Configure terminal translation initialization (TTI) for personal station access (PSA). For information about configuring TTI, refer to ‘‘Setting up Personal...

Page 314 - Creating a station security code; change system-parameters security; Security-Related System Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 290 Creating a station security code 10 Creating a station security code Station Security Codes (SSC) provide security to station users by preventing other users from accessing functions associated ...

Page 315 - Assigning coverage options; ‘‘Creating coverage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 291 Assigning coverage options 10 6. Type 4321 in the Security Code field and press ENTER . Related topics Refer to ‘‘Station’’ on page 882 for information about and field descriptions on the Statio...

Page 316 - change cor 1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 292 Setting up call forwarding 10 Instructions In our example, we assign two coverage options so a user can choose from either option to control how their calls are handled. To assign 2 coverage opt...

Page 318 - ‘‘Training users’’ on page 301; Assigning an extender password

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 294 Assigning an extender password 10 ■ Distributed Communications System Assign a different telecommuting access extension for each switch. You can use Extended User Administration of Redirected Ca...

Page 319 - Installing home equipment

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 295 Installing home equipment 10 3. Select Enable Password to enable the password. 4. Click random. This means that the password is a system generated random number. The system displays a 10-digit n...

Page 320 - ‘‘Setting up Personal Station Access’’ on page 287

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 296 Installing home equipment 10 Before you start You need the following equipment: ■ DEFINITY extender remote module ■ DCP sets (office and home must match) Configure a feature access code for asso...

Page 321 - Disassociating your home station; ‘‘Configuring DEFINITY ECS for telecommuting’’ on page 285; Setting up remote access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 297 Setting up remote access 10 Associating your office phone number to the home station To associate your phone number: 1. On your home station, type #4 . This is the associate feature access code....

Page 322 - or WATS trunk group’’ on page 340; To set up remote access:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 298 Setting up remote access 10 individuals who have been advised of the sensitive nature of the access information. Each authorized user should be instructed concerning the proper use and handling ...

Page 323 - ‘‘Setting up authorization codes’’ on page 331

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 299 Setting up remote access 10 2. Type 1234 in the Remote Access Extension field. This is the extension specified in the Incoming Destination field on the CO trunk screen. 3. Type 7 in the Barrier ...

Page 324 - Disabling remote access permanently; Remote Access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 300 Setting up remote access 10 10. Type 01/01/99 in the Expiration Date field. This is the date the barrier code expires. A warning message is displayed on the system copyright screen seven days be...

Page 325 - Training users

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 301 Training users 10 Barrier codes provide your system security and define calling privileges through the administered COR. You can administer up to 10 barrier codes, each with a different COR and ...

Page 326 - This is the associate PSA feature access code. You hear dial tone.; Disassociating PSA; In our example, we disassociate PSA from the station you are using.; Changing a coverage option; To change a coverage option:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 302 Training users 10 Instructions Associating PSA In this example, we associate PSA (preferences and permissions) assigned to your station with another compatible terminal. To associate PSA: 1. Dia...

Page 327 - Changing call forwarding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Setting up telecommuting 303 Training users 10 4. Dial 87654321 and press #. This is the extension security code. 5. Dial 2 . This is the new coverage path. You hear confirmation tone. Changing call forwarding In this examp...

Page 330 - Basic security; Keeping your system secure; list history; command to determine if unauthorized changes have; Preventing toll fraud; Top 15 tips to help prevent toll fraud; Protect system administration access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 306 Basic security 11 Basic security Keeping your system secure The following is a partial list you can use to help secure your system. It is not intended as a comprehensive security checklist. Ref...

Page 333 - ‘‘Remote Access’’ on page 857; Physical security; You can use the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 309 Physical security 11 conducted at public payphones located in subways, shopping malls, or airport locations. Refer to ‘‘Remote Access’’ on page 857 to prevent this happening to your company. Ph...

Page 334 - outward

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 310 System security checklist 11 To disable Remote Access, on the Remote Access screen, Permanently Disable field, type y . Refer to ‘‘Remote Access’’ on page 857 for more information on remote acc...

Page 335 - change ars analysis partition x 2

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 311 System security checklist 11 5. If you use vectors: a. Assign all Vector Directory Numbers (VDN) a unique COR. Refer to DEFINITY ECS Guide to ACD Call Centers for more information. NOTE: The CO...

Page 337 - list route-pattern print; den; list trunk-group print; enhanced

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 313 System security checklist 11 Tip: You can use the list route-pattern print command to print a copy of your facility restriction levels (FRL) and check their status. 11. On all trunk group scree...

Page 338 - Adding logins and passwords; add

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 314 Adding logins and passwords 11 16. Lucent recommends you administer the following on all voice mail ports: ■ Assign all voice mail ports a unique Class of Restriction. Refer to ‘‘Class of Restr...

Page 339 - add login angi3; Login Administration

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 315 Adding logins and passwords 11 Instructions We will add the login angi3 with the password b3stm0m . We also will require the user to change their password every 30 days. To add new logins and p...

Page 340 - change permissions angi3; vdn

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 316 Adding logins and passwords 11 8. Type change permissions angi3 and press RETURN . The Command Permission Categories screen appears. 9. In the Administer Stations field, type y . This allows yo...

Page 341 - Changing a login; change login angi3

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 317 Changing a login 11 More information When you add a login, the Security Measurement reports do not update until the next hour. Password aging is an option you can start while administering logi...

Page 342 - ‘‘Logging into the system’’; Displaying a login; display login angi3

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 318 Displaying a login 11 2. In the Password of Login Making Change field, type your superuser password. 3. In the Login’s Password field, type b3stm0m . This is the login for the password you are ...

Page 343 - Removing a login; remove login angi3; Using access security gateway; ‘‘System Parameters Customer-Options’’

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 319 Removing a login 11 The Login Administration appears and displays all information about the requested login except the password. Removing a login This section shows you how to remove a user’s l...

Page 344 - change login xxxx

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 320 Using access security gateway 11 Instructions To set up access security gateway: 1. Type change login xxxx and press RETURN, where xxxx is the alphanumeric login ID. The Login Administration sc...

Page 345 - Disabling Access Security Gateway

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 321 Using access security gateway 11 8. In the Access Security Gateway Parameters section, you determine which of the following necessary port type fields to set to y . NOTE: Lucent recommends that...

Page 346 - Restarting Access Security Gateway

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 322 Using access security gateway 11 2. On the Access Security Gateway Login Administration page (page 2), set the Blocked field to y . Setting the Blocked field to y does not remove the login from...

Page 347 - Loss of an ASG key; remove login xxxx; Access security gateway

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 323 Using access security gateway 11 Loss of an ASG key If a user loses their Access Security Gateway Key: 1. Modify any logins associated with the lost Access Security Gateway Key. Refer to the Ac...

Page 348 - ‘‘Logging in with Access Security Gateway’’ on page 3; Changing login permissions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 324 Changing login permissions 11 ■ Port — Contains the port mnemonic associated with the port on which the session was established or rejected. The port mnemonics for G3r systems are SYSAM-LCL, SY...

Page 349 - In the Administer Stations field, type; This restricts your user from administering a VDN.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 325 Changing login permissions 11 2. In the Administer Stations field, type y . This allows your user to add, change, duplicate, or remove stations, data modules and associated features. 3. In the ...

Page 350 - Changing passwords; change password angi3

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 326 Changing passwords 11 Changing passwords This section shows you how to change a user’s password. Instructions We will change the password for login angi3 to g3or5e . To change passwords: 1. Typ...

Page 351 - Using busy verify; change station xxxx

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 327 Using busy verify 11 Using busy verify This section shows you how to use Busy Verify (also known as Busy Verification) to help find fraud problems. When you suspect toll fraud, you can interrup...

Page 353 - change remote-access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 329 Setting up security violations notification 11 2. In the SVN Login Violation Notification Enabled field, type y . This sets Security Violations Notification login violation notification. 3. In ...

Page 355 - Setting up authorization codes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 331 Setting up authorization codes 11 12. In the Feature Button Assignments section, type one of the following: ■ asvn-halt — The Authorization Code Security Violation Notification call is activate...

Page 357 - change authorization-code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 333 Setting up authorization codes 11 8. Type change authorization-code nnnn and press RETURN, where nnnn is the authorization code. The Authorization Code — COR Mapping screen appears. 9. In the A...

Page 358 - Dealing with security violations; Disabling a login ID; disable login ge0rg3; Enabling a login ID; enable login ge0rg3; Enabling remote access; enable remote-access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 334 Dealing with security violations 11 Refer to ‘‘Facility restriction levels and traveling class marks’’ on page 1338 and ‘‘Route Pattern’’ on page 865 for more information on assigning Facility ...

Page 359 - Disabling remote access; Log in to the switch using a login ID with the correct permissions.; disable remote-access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Enhancing system security 335 Dealing with security violations 11 Disabling remote access There may be occasions when you have to disable remote access for one of your users because of a security violation. 1. Log in to the...

Page 361 - Managing trunks; ‘‘ISDN service’’ on page 1394; Tips for working with trunk groups; Following a process; circuit pack requires.

Managing trunks 337 Tips for working with trunk groups 12 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 12 Managing trunks This chapter contains basic procedures for working with analog and digital trunks. Specialized trunks such as Internet Protocol (IP) Solution, APL...

Page 362 - Working with your network service provider; The questions you need to answer; What type of trunk group is it?

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 338 Tips for working with trunk groups 12 5. For outgoing or 2-way trunks, administer Automatic Route Selection so DEFINITY ECS knows which outgoing calls to route over this trunk group. 6. Test your new tru...

Page 363 - Helpful tips for setting common fields; Dial Access — Typing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 339 Tips for working with trunk groups 12 Helpful tips for setting common fields The procedures in this section cover the specific fields you must administer when you create each type of trunk group. Here ar...

Page 364 - ‘‘Routing outgoing calls’’ on page 173

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 340 Adding a CO, FX, or WATS trunk group 12 ■ Outgoing Display — Typing y in this field allows display phones to show the name and group number of the trunk group used for an outgoing call. This information ...

Page 365 - co; This field specifies the kind of trunk group you’re creating.; Outside calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 341 Adding a CO, FX, or WATS trunk group 12 Before you start Before you can administer any trunk group, you must have one or more circuit packs of the correct type with enough open ports to handle the number...

Page 366 - ‘‘Adding trunks to a

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 342 Adding a CO, FX, or WATS trunk group 12 4. Type 85 in the COR field. This field controls which users can make and receive calls over this trunk group. Assign a class of restriction that’s appropriate for...

Page 367 - Adding a DID trunk group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 343 Adding a DID trunk group 12 Adding a DID trunk group In most cases, Lucent recommends leaving the default settings in fields that aren’t specifically mentioned in the following instructions. Your Lucent ...

Page 368 - did; Incoming calls; You can type any name up to 27 characters long in this field.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 344 Adding a DID trunk group 12 2. In the Group Type field, type did . This field specifies the kind of trunk group you’re creating. 3. In the Group Name field, type Incoming calls . You can type any name up...

Page 369 - ‘‘Inserting and absorbing digits’’ on page 359; Adding a DIOD trunk group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 345 Adding a DIOD trunk group 12 9. Press ENTER to save your changes. Now you’re ready to add trunks to this trunk group. Refer to ‘‘Adding trunks to a trunk group’’ on page 355 . Related topics Refer to ‘‘I...

Page 370 - To add the new PCOL group:; The Personal CO Line Group screen appears.; . You can type any name up

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 346 Adding a PCOL trunk group 12 Before you start Before you can administer any trunk group, you must have one or more circuit packs of the correct type with enough open ports to handle the number of trunks ...

Page 371 - ground start; This is the port to which the trunk is connected.; rc; In the Outgoing Dial Type field, type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 347 Adding a PCOL trunk group 12 4. In the TAC field, type 111 . This field defines a unique code that you or your users can dial to access this trunk group. The code also identifies this trunk group in call...

Page 372 - Send All Calls cannot be activated for a personal CO line.; AUDIX cannot be in the coverage path of a PCOL group.; Adding a Tie or Access trunk group; Direction

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 348 Adding a Tie or Access trunk group 12 More information Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording can be activated for calls on a personal CO line, but the CDR record does not specifically identify the ...

Page 373 - . Incoming calls to invalid extensions; tie

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 349 Adding a Tie or Access trunk group 12 Before you start Before you can administer any trunk group, you must have one or more circuit packs of the correct type with enough open ports to handle the number o...

Page 374 - in the Night Service field.; in both the Outgoing Dial Type and Incoming Dial Type fields.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 350 Adding a Tie or Access trunk group 12 3. In the Group Name field, type Outside calls . This name will be displayed, along with the group number, for outgoing calls if you set the Outgoing Display? field ...

Page 375 - Setting up digital trunks; Bit Rate; ‘‘Enhanced DS1 administration’’ on

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 351 Setting up digital trunks 12 Setting up digital trunks Any of the common trunks, except for PCOL trunks, can be analog or digital. (PCOL trunks can only be analog.) Administering a digital trunk group is...

Page 376 - add ds1; DS1 Circuit Pack; esf

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 352 Setting up digital trunks 12 Instructions The following example shows a DS1 circuit pack configured for T1 service. The circuit pack is supporting a two-way CO trunk group that carries only voice and voi...

Page 377 - Field

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 353 Setting up digital trunks 12 More information T1 recommended settings The table below shows recommended settings for standard T1 connections to your local exchange carrier. If you use b8zs line coding an...

Page 378 - Matching field settings on different screens; DS1 Circuit Pack field

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 354 Setting up digital trunks 12 The following enhanced DS1 administration login permissions must be assigned on the Command Permission Categories screen: ■ The Maintain Enhanced DS1 field must be y . ■ The ...

Page 379 - ‘‘DS1 Circuit Pack’’ on page 599; Adding trunks to a trunk group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 355 Adding trunks to a trunk group 12 ITC, Bit Rate, and Line Coding. The ITC (Information Transfer Capability) field appears on the Route Pattern screen, Trunk Group screen, and Access Endpoint screen. The ...

Page 380 - To assign trunks to trunk group 5:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 356 Adding trunks to a trunk group 12 Instructions As an example, let’s assign 5 trunks to a new tie trunk group, trunk group 5. We’ll use ports on several circuit packs for members of this group. To assign ...

Page 381 - An entry in this field is only required for some circuit packs.; Removing trunks from a trunk group; To remove trunks from trunk group 5:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 357 Removing trunks from a trunk group 12 5. In the Mode field, type e&m . ! CAUTION: An entry in this field is only required for some circuit packs. Dip switch settings on the circuit pack control the s...

Page 382 - Removing trunk groups; Route Pattern

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 358 Removing trunk groups 12 2. Move to the Group Member Assignments page. Some of the fields on this screen won’t appear for every trunk group. 3. Move the cursor to the Port 4 field and clear its entry. 4....

Page 383 - Inserting and absorbing digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 359 Inserting and absorbing digits 12 If you’re replacing trunk group 5 with another trunk group, just type the information for the new trunk group over the old entries. Remember to press ENTER to save your ...

Page 384 - insertion; absorption

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 360 Inserting and absorbing digits 12 2. In the Digit Treatment field, type insertion . This field tells the switch to add digits to the incoming digit string. These digits are always added at the beginning ...

Page 385 - ‘‘Adding a DID trunk group’’ on page 343; Administering answer detection; ‘‘Answer detection’’ on page 1141

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 361 Administering answer detection 12 For absorption, this field defines how many digits will be absorbed. The switch will remove the first 2 digits from the digit strings delivered with incoming calls. For ...

Page 387 - ‘‘Listed Directory Numbers’’ on page 1411

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing trunks 363 Administering trunks for listed directory numbers 12 Let’s take the 3 businesses listed above as an example. Let’s assume your switch receives 4 digits from the central office on a DID trunk group and th...

Page 389 - Understanding announcements; Three types of announcements are:; Adding announcement data modules

Managing announcements 365 Understanding announcements 13 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 13 Managing announcements Understanding announcements An announcement is the recorded message a caller hears while the call is in a queue. An announcement is often u...

Page 390 - add data-module next; Data modules; announcement data module

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 366 Adding announcement data modules 13 Instructions To set up the announcement data module, determine the port location of the Announcement circuit pack or the Auxiliary Trunk circuit pack. You can f...

Page 391 - Adding announcement extensions; change announcements; Announcements/Audio Sources

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 367 Adding announcement extensions 13 Adding announcement extensions You need to assign an extension for each announcement that you want to record. After you define an announcement extension, you use ...

Page 392 - Recording announcements; ‘‘Deleting and erasing announcements’’ on page 372; ‘‘Command Permission Categories’’ on page 536

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 368 Recording announcements 13 8. In the Port field, type 01B18 . 9. Press ENTER to save your work. Recording announcements You can record an announcement for callers to hear when they dial a specific...

Page 393 - To listen to the announcement you just recorded:; Saving announcements; save announcements; to save the changes.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 369 Saving announcements 13 To listen to the announcement you just recorded: 1. Dial the extension from any phone or console. In our example, dial 1234 . NOTE: You have to wait 15 seconds after you re...

Page 394 - save announcements from 01B18; display integrated announcement boards; Copying announcements; copy announcements

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 370 Copying announcements 13 For example to save the announcements from the circuit pack at 01B18: 1. Type save announcements from 01B18 and press RETURN . NOTE: If you have announcement circuit packs...

Page 395 - Restoring announcements; restore announcements disk; restore announcements from cabinet 01. carrier B, slot 18; and; to restore announcements.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 371 Restoring announcements 13 Restoring announcements You can restore announcements from system memory to an announcement circuit pack. Your system memory is a tape, disk, or memory card, depending o...

Page 396 - Deleting and erasing announcements; from a phone or console.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 372 Deleting and erasing announcements 13 More information When someone powers up the system or inserts or resets an announcement circuit pack, the system checks the circuit pack for announcements. If...

Page 398 - in the; business hours; in the name field, or enter a new description for the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing announcements 374 Setting up continuous-play announcements 13 2. Type b in the Q field on the same line as extension 1234. 3. Leave business hours in the name field, or enter a new description for the announcement....

Page 399 - Managing group communication

Managing group communication 375 Setting up voice paging over loudspeakers 14 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 14 Managing group communication Group communication features allow coworkers to communicate with each other more efficiently. This chapter shows ...

Page 400 - change paging loudspeaker; Loudspeaker Paging; Reception area

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 376 Setting up voice paging over loudspeakers 14 Instructions As an example, let’s set up voice paging for an office with 5 zones. We’ll allow users to page all 5 zones at once, and we’ll assign...

Page 404 - Men’s Department; Code Calling IDs

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 380 Setting up chime paging over loudspeakers 14 6. On the Zone 1 row, type Men’s Department in the Location field. Give each zone a descriptive name so you can easily remember the corresponding...

Page 405 - ‘‘Paging over speakerphones’’; Paging over speakerphones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 381 Paging over speakerphones 14 Fixing problems More information Users page by dialing the trunk access code assigned to a zone. For your users’ convenience, you may also want to consider the f...

Page 406 - Sales staff

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 382 Paging over speakerphones 14 Before you start You must have 6400-, 7400-, or 8400-series speakerphones to use speakerphone paging. Instructions To set up speakerphone paging, you create a pa...

Page 407 - ‘‘Group paging’’ on page 1343; Paging users who are on active calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 383 Paging users who are on active calls 14 6. Enter the remaining extensions that are members of this group. The switch fills in the Name fields with the names from the Station screen when you ...

Page 408 - ‘‘Using phones as intercoms’’ on page 385

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 384 Paging users who are on active calls 14 Before you start Before you administer whisper paging: ■ Your switch must have a circuit pack that supports whisper paging. Refer to the DEFINITY ECS ...

Page 409 - Using phones as intercoms

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 385 Using phones as intercoms 14 Using phones as intercoms Use this procedure to make communications quicker and easier for users who frequently call each other. With the intercom feature, you c...

Page 411 - Observing calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 387 Observing calls 14 4. In the Grp field, type 1 . This is the number of the intercom group. Since an extension can belong to more than one intercom group, you must assign a group number to in...

Page 413 - ‘‘Service observing’’ on page 1483

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing group communication 389 Observing calls 14 3. In the Station screen, assign a Service Observing button to the observer’s phone. A service observing button permits users to switch between listen-only and listen-and-...

Page 415 - Managing data calls; Types of data connections

Managing data calls 391 Types of data connections 15 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 15 Managing data calls Types of data connections You can use the DEFINITY system to allow the following types of data elements/devices to communicate to the world: ■ Data...

Page 416 - Data Call Setup; Administering Data Call Setup; ‘‘Modem Pool Group’’ on page 817

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 392 Data Call Setup 15 Once you have connected these data devices to the switch, you can use networking and routing capabilities to allow them to communicate with other devices over your private network ...

Page 417 - Characters used in Data Call Setup; Special characters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 393 Data Call Setup 15 3. On the Modem Pool Group screen, administer the Circuit Pack Assignments field. Refer to ‘‘Modem Pool Group’’ on page 817 for more information. Depending on the hardware used, as...

Page 418 - Call-progress messages

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 394 Data Call Setup 15 ■ DIAL: 8, 555-2368 ■ DIAL: 9+555-2368+%9999+123 (remote access) The following call-progress messages and their meanings are provided for DCP and ISDN-BRI modules. Table 5. Call-pr...

Page 419 - DCP data modules; Call-progress messages —; Message

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 395 Data Call Setup 15 DCP data modules Data-terminal dialing DCP data-terminal dialing allows a user to set up and disconnect data calls directly from a data terminal as follows. 1. At the DIAL: prompt,...

Page 420 - Telephone dialing; One-Button Transfer to Data

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 396 Data Call Setup 15 3. To originate and disconnect a call, the user presses BREAK. If the terminal does not generate a 2-second continuous break signal, the user can press originate/disconnect on the ...

Page 421 - ISDN-BRI data modules

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 397 Data Call Setup 15 ISDN-BRI data modules Data-terminal dialing A user can set up and disconnect data calls directly from a data terminal without using a telephone as follows: 1. The user presses ENTE...

Page 422 - Default Dialing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 398 Default Dialing 15 Considerations ■ A BRI phone cannot call a data terminal, and a data terminal cannot call a BRI phone. Interactions ■ Abbreviated Dialing Only 22 of the 24 (maximum) digits in an a...

Page 423 - Administering Default Dialing; Alphanumeric Dialing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 399 Alphanumeric Dialing 15 Default Dialing enhances data terminal (keyboard) dialing by allowing a data-terminal user to place a data call to a preadministered destination by either pressing a Return at...

Page 424 - Invalid Address; Administering Alphanumeric Dialing; ‘‘Alphanumeric Dialing Table’’ on page 478; Data Hotline; Administering Data Hotline

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 400 Data Hotline 15 When a user enters an alphanumeric name, the system converts the name to a sequence of digits according to an alphanumeric-dialing table. If the entered name is not found in the table...

Page 425 - Call Forwarding — All Calls; Data Privacy; Administering Data Privacy; ‘‘Feature Access Code’’ on page 619

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 401 Data Privacy 15 3. On the Data Module screen, administer the Abbreviated Dialing List1 field. The system automatically places Data Hotline calls to preassigned extensions or off-premises numbers. Cal...

Page 426 - Data Restriction

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 402 Data Restriction 15 Interactions ■ Attendant Call Waiting and Call Waiting Termination If Data Privacy is active, Call Waiting is denied. ■ Bridged Call Appearance — Single-Line Telephone If you acti...

Page 427 - Administering Data Restriction; ‘‘Station’’; Interactions - Data Restriction

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 403 Data Restriction 15 Administering Data Restriction 1. On the Station screen, set the Data Restriction field to y. Refer to ‘‘Station’’ on page 882 for more information. 2. Choose one of the following...

Page 428 - ‘‘Data modules’’ on page 558

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 404 Data-Only Off-Premises Extensions 15 ■ Priority Calls Priority Calls are allowed if the analog station is idle. Call Waiting (including Priority Call Waiting) is denied if the station is busy. Howeve...

Page 429 - Data Modules — general

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 405 Data Modules — general 15 — 1-Button Transfer to Data The telephone user can transfer a call to the Data-Only Off-Premises Extension. The Data Extension button lamp on the telephone lights and the Ca...

Page 430 - Detailed description of data modules; TTI is not useful for Announcement and X.25 hardware.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 406 Data Modules — general 15 ■ Ethernet data module. Refer to DEFINITY ECS Administration for Network Connectivity for more information. ■ Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) data module. Refer to DEFINITY EC...

Page 431 - The 7500 has no voice functions. Configure in the following ways:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 407 Data Modules — general 15 CALLMASTER phones that have a connection to a data terminal or personal computer. The data modules integrate data and voice into the DCP protocol required to interface with ...

Page 432 - Asynchronous Data Module; Administered Connection; Detailed description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 408 Administered Connection 15 Asynchronous Data Module NOTE: The alias station command cannot be used to alias data modules. Use the Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) with asynchronous DTEs as a data stand...

Page 433 - Originator; field on the; Access endpoints; The following are typical AC applications:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 409 Administered Connection 15 through tie trunks (ISDN, DS1, or analog tie trunks) and intermediate switches. If required, route the connection via Automatic Route Selection (ARS) and Generalized Route ...

Page 434 - Establishing Administered Connections

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 410 Administered Connection 15 ■ A local data endpoint connecting to a local or remote data endpoint such as a connection between two 3270 data modules. NOTE: The following guidelines do not include AAR ...

Page 435 - ACs are retried in priority order.; Dropping Administered Connections; An AC remains active until one of the following occurs:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 411 Administered Connection 15 As long as an AC is due to be active, the originating switch continues to establish an AC unless the attempt fails because of an administrative error (for example, a wrong ...

Page 436 - Administering Administered Connections; Data Line Data Module (use with Data Line circuit pack)

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 412 Administered Connection 15 Administered Connections failure: AutoRestoration and Fast Retry When an active AC drops prematurely, you must invoke either auto restoration or fast retry to determine whe...

Page 437 - Destination

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 413 Administered Connection 15 2. On the DS1 Circuit Pack screen, administer all fields. Refer to ‘‘DS1 Circuit Pack’’ on page 599 for more information. (Use with switch node carriers.) 3. On the Access ...

Page 439 - Modem Pooling; Administering Modem Pooling; ‘‘Modem

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 415 Modem Pooling 15 Modem Pooling Modem Pooling allows switched connections between digital-data endpoints (data modules) and analog-data endpoints via pods of acoustic-coupled modems. The analog-data e...

Page 441 - DMI Trunks; PC Interface; the following connections:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 417 PC Interface 15 ■ DMI Trunks If you place a data call from a local analog-data endpoint to a DMI trunk, you must dial the data-origination access code to obtain a modem. Data calls on DMI trunks to l...

Page 442 - Interface card

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 418 PC Interface 15 Figure 12. DCP PC interface configuration (Group 1) The group 2 configurations link to the switch using a PC/ISDN Interface card installed in the PC. This group can include a stand-al...

Page 443 - ISDN—BRI PC interface configuration (Group 2); PC with application

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 419 PC Interface 15 Figure 13. ISDN—BRI PC interface configuration (Group 2) PC Interface users have multiple appearances (depending on the software application used) for their assigned extension. Design...

Page 444 - Security; On the Station screen, set the Type field to; pc; Use the Function Key Module of the 7405D with PC Interface.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 420 PC Interface 15 Security There are two areas where unauthorized use may occur with this feature: unauthorized local use and remote access. ! SECURITY ALERT: Unauthorized local use involves unauthoriz...

Page 445 - Wideband Switching; Wideband Switching supports:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 421 Wideband Switching 15 ■ Do not use telephones with data modules with the PC Interface. (You can still use 3270 Data Modules if you also use 3270 emulation). If you attach a DCP data module or ISDN da...

Page 446 - Channel allocation; Channel Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 422 Wideband Switching 15 The following table provides information on Wideband Switching channel types. Channel allocation For standard narrowband communication, ISDN-PRI divides a T1 or E1 trunk as foll...

Page 447 - Typical uses; ISDN terminal adaptor

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 423 Wideband Switching 15 Typical uses A typical video application uses an ISDN-PRI interface to DS0 1 through 6 of the line-side facility. Refer to Figure 14 . Figure Notes Figure 14. Wideband Switching...

Page 448 - Endpoint applications

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 424 Wideband Switching 15 Endpoint applications An endpoint application is the origination or destination of a wideband call. Endpoint application can be any number of data applications based on the cust...

Page 449 - Non-signaling configuration

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 425 Wideband Switching 15 Non-signaling configuration Wideband also can support configurations using non-signaling (non-ISDN-PRI) line-side T1 or E1 connections. The endpoints are the same as those defin...

Page 450 - Guidelines and examples; Data backup connection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 426 Wideband Switching 15 Guidelines and examples This section examines wideband and its components in relation to the following specific customer usage scenarios: ■ Data backup connection ■ Scheduled ba...

Page 451 - Networking

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 427 Wideband Switching 15 Networking All of the wideband networking is over ISDN-PRI facilities (and the emulation of them by ATM-CES) but may connect to a variety of networks, other domestic interexchan...

Page 452 - Direction of trunk/hunting within facilities

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 428 Wideband Switching 15 Given this facility list concept, the algorithms have the ability to search for trunks, by facility, in an attempt to satisfy the bandwidth requirements of a given wideband call...

Page 453 - DS0s Comprising Each Channel

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 429 Wideband Switching 15 Note that on a T1 facility, a D-channel is not considered a busy trunk and results in a facility with a D-channel always being partially contaminated. On an E1 facility, however...

Page 454 - N x DS0; — N = 1 — this is considered a narrowband call and is treated as any

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 430 Wideband Switching 15 N x DS0 For the N x DS0 multi-rate service, a trunk group parameter determines whether a floating or a flexible trunk allocation scheme is to be used. The algorithm to satisfy a...

Page 455 - Glare and blocking

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 431 Wideband Switching 15 Glare and blocking Glare prevention Glare occurs when both sides of an ISDN interface select the same B-channel for call initiation. For example, a user side of an interface sel...

Page 456 - Administering Wideband Switching; ‘‘Access Endpoint’’ on page 467

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 432 Wideband Switching 15 Administering Wideband Switching Before you start You need a DS1 Converter circuit pack. Refer to the DEFINITY ECS System Description for more information on the circuit pack. I...

Page 458 - Generalized Route Selection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 434 CallVisor Adjunct-Switch Application Interface 15 ■ Generalized Route Selection GRS supports wideband BCC to identify wideband calls. GRS searches a route pattern for a preference that has wideband B...

Page 459 - ASAI Switch Interface Link — BRI Transport; ASAI Capabilities; Refer to DEFINITY ECS CallVisor ASAI Technical Reference.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 435 CallVisor Adjunct-Switch Application Interface 15 Figure Notes Figure 15. ASAI Switch Interface Link — BRI Transport ASAI Capabilities For information concerning the types of associations over which ...

Page 460 - Setting up CallVisor ASAI; asai

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Managing data calls 436 Setting up CallVisor ASAI 15 Setting up CallVisor ASAI CallVisor Adjunct-Switch Applications Interface (ASAI) can be used in the telemarketing and help-desk environments. It is used to allow adjunct ...

Page 463 - Collecting information about calls

Collecting billing information 439 Collecting information about calls 16 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 16 Collecting billing information Collecting information about calls Call Detail Recording (CDR) collects detailed information about all incoming and ...

Page 464 - change trunk-group 1; change system-parameters cdr

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 440 Collecting information about calls 16 Instructions In this example, we are going to establish call detail recording for all calls that come in on trunk group 1 (our CO trunk). We are going...

Page 465 - This determines how the date will appear on the header record.; Unformatted; In the Record Outgoing Calls Only field, type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 441 Collecting information about calls 16 5. In the CDR Format field, type month/day . This determines how the date will appear on the header record. 6. In the Primary Output Format field, typ...

Page 466 - ‘‘Call Detail Recording’’ on page; CDR System Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 442 Recording calls between users on the same switch 16 More information You can also administer the switch to produce separate records for calls that are conferenced or transferred. This is c...

Page 467 - ‘‘Intraswitch CDR’’ on page 1226; Tracking calls by account code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 443 Tracking calls by account code 16 5. In the first three available slots, type 5100 , 5101 , and 5102 . 6. Press ENTER to save your changes. 7. The switch will now produce call records for ...

Page 468 - In the CDR Account Code Length field, type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 444 Forcing users to enter account codes 16 2. In the CDR Account Code Length field, type 5. 3. Press ENTER to save your changes. 4. Assign an account button on the Station screen for extensio...

Page 469 - change toll 0; Toll Analysis

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 445 Forcing users to enter account codes 16 Instructions In this example, we administer the system to force users in our North American office to enter an account code before making internatio...

Page 470 - Receiving call-charge information

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 446 Receiving call-charge information 16 More information You can also establish a class of restriction with Forced Entry of Account Codes set to y , and assign this COR to trunks or other fac...

Page 472 - ‘‘Trunk Group’’ on; Circuit Pack’’ on page 599; ‘‘Call Charge Information’’ on page 1195

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 448 Receiving call-charge information 16 2. In the CDR Reports field, type y. This ensures that the PPM information appears on the CDR report. 3. In the Direction field, type two-way. 4. In th...

Page 473 - Viewing call charge information; none

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 449 Viewing call charge information 16 Viewing call charge information DEFINITY ECS provides two ways for you to view call-charge information: on a telephone display or as part of the Call Det...

Page 474 - on the user’s Class of Restriction (COR)

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Collecting billing information 450 Viewing call charge information 16 8. Press ENTER to save your changes. 9. Now assign extension 5040 a disp-chrg button to give this user the ability to control the charge display. See ‘‘A...

Page 475 - Screen reference; AAR Digit Analysis Table

Screen reference 451 AAR and ARS Digit Analysis Table 17 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 17 Screen reference AAR and ARS Digit Analysis Table Your switch compares dialed numbers with the dialed strings on this table and determines the route pattern for th...

Page 476 - ARS Digit Analysis Table; Location (for the ARS Digit Analysis Table); This is a display-only field on the ARS Digit Analysis Table.; Percent Full; Valid display Usage; to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 452 AAR and ARS Digit Analysis Table 17 Screen 23. ARS Digit Analysis Table Location (for the ARS Digit Analysis Table) This is a display-only field on the ARS Digit Analysis Table. Percent Full Displays th...

Page 477 - Min

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 453 AAR and ARS Digit Analysis Table 17 An exact match is made on a user-dialed number and dialed string entries with wildcard characters and an equal number of digits. For example, if a user dials 424, and...

Page 478 - ‘‘ISDN Numbering — Private’’ on page 772

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 454 AAR and ARS Digit Analysis Table 17 Call Type (for AAR only) Enter the call type associated with each dialed string. Call types indicate numbering requirements on different trunk networks. ISDN Protocol...

Page 479 - Node Number; AAR and ARS Digit Conversion Table

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 455 AAR and ARS Digit Conversion Table 17 Node Number ANI Reqd AAR and ARS Digit Conversion Table Your system uses the AAR or ARS Digit Conversion Table to change a dialed number for more efficient routing....

Page 480 - AAR Digit Conversion Table; When you access the screen with; , the entries are sorted

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 456 AAR and ARS Digit Conversion Table 17 Screen 24. AAR Digit Conversion Table Screen 25. ARS Digit Conversion Table NOTE: When you access the screen with display or change , the entries are sorted in the ...

Page 482 - Replacement String

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 458 AAR and ARS Digit Conversion Table 17 Replacement String Net Enter the switch network used to analyze the converted number. Conv ANI Req This field applies only if the Request Incoming ANI (non-AAR/ARS)...

Page 483 - Enhanced List; Abbreviated Dialing Enhanced List

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 459 Abbreviated Dialing List 17 Abbreviated Dialing List You use the Abbreviated Dialing List screens to establish system-wide or personal lists for speed dialing. Enhanced List The Enhanced Abbreviated Dia...

Page 484 - Privileged

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 460 Abbreviated Dialing List 17 Size (multiple of 5) The number of dial code list entries you want in this list. Privileged Indicates whether users of this list can dial any number in the list, regardless o...

Page 485 - Field descriptions for page 1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 461 Abbreviated Dialing List 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 27. Abbreviated Dialing Group List Group List This is a display-only field when the screen is accessed using an administration command su...

Page 486 - Personal List; Abbreviated Dialing Personal List screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 462 Abbreviated Dialing List 17 Only DIAL CODEs 1 through 5 are displayed initially. If you enter a number greater than 5 in the Size field, the system increases the number of dial codes to the number you s...

Page 487 - Valid entries Usage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 463 Abbreviated Dialing List 17 Personal List Enter the extension of the phone that will use this list. List Number Size (multiple of 5) Enter the number of abbreviated dialing numbers you want to assign in...

Page 488 - System List; Abbreviated Dialing System List screen; Valid entries; Enter

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 464 Abbreviated Dialing List 17 System List This screen implements a system abbreviated dialing list. Only one system list can be assigned and is administered by the System Administrator. The list can be ac...

Page 490 - Pages 1 through 4 of the screen; Abbreviated Dialing List — 7103A Button List

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 466 Abbreviated Dialing List 17 Pages 1 through 4 of the screen Screen 30. Abbreviated Dialing List — 7103A Button List DIAL CODE Enter the number you want to assign to each dial code (button). Any addition...

Page 491 - Access Endpoint; ‘‘PRI Endpoint’’ on page 853; Access Endpoint screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 467 Access Endpoint 17 Access Endpoint This screen administers Access Endpoints and Wideband Access endpoints. NOTE: You can administer Wideband Access Endpoints only if, on the System-Parameters Customer-O...

Page 492 - Extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 468 Access Endpoint 17 Extension A display-only field showing the extension number as specified in the command line, or shows the next available extension number if next was entered on the command line. Thi...

Page 493 - Communication Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 469 Access Endpoint 17 Communication Type Name Enter an name for the endpoint. Width Only appears if the Communication Type field is wideband . This field cannot be blank. COR The COR is administered so tha...

Page 494 - TN; Wideband; An unrestricted access endpoint can only be from B8ZS DS1; through

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 470 Access Endpoint 17 TN ITC (Information Transfer Capability) This field is used to determine the type of transmission facilities to be used for ISDN calls originating from this endpoint. Displays when th...

Page 495 - ‘‘Administered Connections’’ on page 1133

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 471 Administered Connection 17 Without this end validation, a user could administer an access endpoint as unrestricted when in fact it is restricted, that is its associated port is a member of a DS1 circuit...

Page 496 - Administered Connection screen; Connection Number; Enable

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 472 Administered Connection 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 32. Administered Connection screen Connection Number This is a display-only field showing an unassigned AC number when the screen is acces...

Page 498 - Name

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 474 Administered Connection 17 Name Authorized Time of Day Continuous The connection will be up all the time or re-established if the connection goes down. Start Days (Sun through Sat) These fields indicate...

Page 499 - Duration

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 475 Administered Connection 17 Duration Enter the period of time that the scheduled AC should remain active. This period is specified in two fields separated by a colon. The maximum duration is 167 hours an...

Page 500 - Alarm Threshold

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 476 Alias Station 17 Alarm Threshold Only appears if an entry in the Alarm Type field is other than none . Enter the number of times an attempt to establish or reestablish an AC must fail consecutively befo...

Page 501 - ‘‘Adding a fax or modem’’ on page 51; Alias Station screen; Alias Set Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 477 Alias Station 17 Some administrators also use this screen to “name” non-telephone device. For example, you know that you can add a modem to your system by simply administering the extension as the stand...

Page 502 - Supported Set Type; Alphanumeric Dialing Table; Alphanumeric Dial Table screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 478 Alphanumeric Dialing Table 17 Supported Set Type Enter a supported phone type that you want to map (or alias) to the alias set type. Valid supported phone types are listed in Table 12 on page 908 . NOTE...

Page 503 - Mapped String

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 479 Alphanumeric Dialing Table 17 Alpha-name All alpha-names in the table must be unique and cannot be referenced in their own "Mapped String". The alpha-names can be used in any other "Mapped S...

Page 504 - Ext; Suspend digit outpulsing until a dial tone is detected.; to 5 digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 480 Announcements/Audio Sources 17 Announcements/Audio Sources Use this screen to assign announcements to circuit packs and port locations. Screen 35. Announcements/Audio Sources Ext ~w Suspend digit outpul...

Page 505 - Callers do not hear a click when the device hangs up.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 481 Announcements/Audio Sources 17 Type Enter the type of announcement you want to assign to this extension number. If you enter integrated or integ-rep, complete the Protect, Rate, and Port fields. If you ...

Page 507 - Rate; ARS Toll Table; 2 kbps (4 minutes and 16 seconds of total announcement time).

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 483 ARS Toll Table 17 Rate Enter the recording speed (in 1000 bits/second) for integrated announcements. A different recording speed may be used for each integrated announcement. When the type is analog, ds...

Page 508 - ARS TOLL TABLE

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 484 Attendant Console 17 ARS TOLL TABLE OFFICE CODES 00: through 99: These fields represent the last 2 digits of the codes within the 100-block of numbers. Designate each as a number toll or non-toll call. ...

Page 509 - Attendant Console x

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 485 Attendant Console 17 Attendant Console x This is a display-only field when the screen is accessed using an administration command such as add or change . Type Extension (Optional) Enter the extension fo...

Page 510 - Port

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 486 Attendant Console 17 Port Enter seven characters. Each attendant console requires a port on a digital line circuit pack. For reliability, the attendant consoles should not be assigned to ports on the sa...

Page 512 - Disp Client Redir

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 488 Attendant Console 17 Disp Client Redir This field is administrable only if the Hospitality feature has been enabled on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen. This field affects the station’s dis...

Page 513 - HUNDREDS SELECT BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS; May be used as first digit; on the selector console

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 489 Attendant Console 17 DIRECT TRUNK GROUP SELECT BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS (Trunk Access Codes) Enter the trunk access codes (TACs) for local and remote switches. (There are fields for one local TAC and one remo...

Page 514 - Field descriptions for page 2; This page displays if the Data Module field on Page 1 is; Data Extension; Enter the extension number assigned to the data module.; BCC; Must agree with the system’s Dial Plan

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 490 Attendant Console 17 Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 38. Attendant Console Data Module This page displays if the Data Module field on Page 1 is y . Data Extension Enter the extension number assigne...

Page 516 - Only displays when the Special Dialing Option field is; A dial code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 492 Attendant Console 17 HOT LINE DESTINATION — Abbreviated Dialing Dial Code Only displays when the Special Dialing Option field is hot-line . The associated AD number is dialed when the user goes off-hook...

Page 517 - Contains the name assigned to the above extension number.; Field descriptions for page 3-x; FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS; Enter the feature buttons from

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 493 Attendant Console 17 Name Contains the name assigned to the above extension number. Field descriptions for page 3-x Screen 39. Attendant Console FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS Enter the feature buttons from...

Page 518 - Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access; hold; button is pressed while the attendant is; override

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 494 Attendant Console 17 alt-frl Alternate FRL. Alternate facility restriction level; allows the attendant to activate or deactivate the AFRL feature. When activated, this allows the originating device (lin...

Page 519 - Visually Impaired Attendant Service (; vis; This button

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 495 Attendant Console 17 dont-split Don’t Split. This button allows the attendant to not split away a call when dialing (1 per console). vis Visually Impaired Attendant Service ( vis ) — This button activat...

Page 520 - Attendant Room Status

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 496 Attendant Console 17 ■ If 12 HGS buttons are assigned on Field descriptions for page 2, it is recommended that the "night," "pos-busy," and "hold" buttons be reassigned to locati...

Page 521 - Authorization Code — COR Mapping; ‘‘Authorization

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 497 Authorization Code — COR Mapping 17 Screen 40. Attendant Console ■ DISPLAY MODULE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS — Display-type buttons obtain display functions on the associated alphanumeric display. These buttons...

Page 522 - Authorization Code - COR Mapping screen; Number of Codes Administered; , and page down to find the authorization code information.; AC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 498 Authorization Code — COR Mapping 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 41. Authorization Code - COR Mapping screen Number of Codes Administered Displays the number of Authorization Codes already admin...

Page 523 - COR; Sample Bulletin Board

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 499 Bulletin Board 17 COR Bulletin Board Use the bulletin board to post and receive information. There are three pages of message space within the bulletin board. The first page has 19 lines, but you can on...

Page 525 - Field descriptions for pages 2 and 3

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 501 Call Vector 17 Field descriptions for pages 2 and 3 Lines 1 through 20 These lines can be used by anyone with access. Date This display only field contains the date the information was entered or last c...

Page 527 - Field descriptions for page 3; ‘‘Managing multimedia calling’’ on page

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 503 Call Vector 17 Field descriptions for page 3 Screen 45. Call Vector Number A display-only field when the screen is accessed using a change or display administration command. Name Represents the vector n...

Page 528 - Basic

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 504 Call Vector 17 Basic A display-only field indicating whether, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen, the Vectoring (Basic) field is y . EAS A display-only field indicating whether, on the Sys...

Page 529 - Prompting; commands and command elements in your vectors. An

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 505 Call Vector 17 Prompting A display-only field indicating whether, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen, the Vectoring (Prompting) field is y . LAI A display-only field indicating whether Loo...

Page 530 - CAMA Numbering Format; Halts the processing of any subsequent vector steps.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 506 CAMA Numbering Format 17 CAMA Numbering Format This screen administers the Centralized Automatic Message Accounting (CAMA) trunks and provides Caller’s Emergency Service Identification (CESID) informati...

Page 531 - System CESID Default

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 507 CAMA Numbering Format 17 This screen provides the CESID format by extension number or number blocks. This allows for multiple CESID formats to be sent over multiple CAMA trunk groups allowing for mixed ...

Page 532 - Ext Code; Up to 5 digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 508 CDR System Parameters 17 Ext Code CESID Total Length CDR System Parameters Use the Call Detail Recording (CDR) System Parameters screen to set parameters for the types of calls you want to record and ho...

Page 533 - CDR System Parameters screen; CDR Date Format

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 509 CDR System Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 47. CDR System Parameters screen Node Number (Local PBX ID) This field displays the DCS switch node number in a network of switches. CDR Dat...

Page 534 - Primary Output Format

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 510 CDR System Parameters 17 Primary Output Format Controls the format of the call records sent to the primary output device. Primary Output Extension This field determines where the switch sends the CDR re...

Page 535 - Secondary Output Format; Appears when the secondary output format is administered.; Use ISDN Layouts; Extension number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 511 CDR System Parameters 17 Secondary Output Format Controls the format of the call records sent to the secondary output device. ! CAUTION: Only qualified (Lucent Technologies) service personnel should adm...

Page 536 - EIA Device Bit Rate

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 512 CDR System Parameters 17 EIA Device Bit Rate Applies to G3si only. Displays if either Primary or Secondary Output Format is eia . Use Enhanced Formats Enhanced formats provide additional information abo...

Page 537 - Record Outgoing Calls Only; ‘‘Call Splitting’’ on page 1223

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 513 CDR System Parameters 17 Record Outgoing Calls Only Intra-Switch CDR Suppress CDR for Ineffective Call Attempts Ineffective call attempts are calls that are blocked because the user did not have suffici...

Page 538 - Disconnect Information in Place of FRL; Outg Attd Call Record; ‘‘Call detail record field descriptions’’ on page 1254

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 514 CDR System Parameters 17 Disconnect Information in Place of FRL See ‘‘Call detail record field descriptions’’ on page 1254 for more information. Outg Attd Call Record Only appears if Outg Trk Call Split...

Page 539 - Calls to Hunt Group — Record

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 515 CDR System Parameters 17 Calls to Hunt Group — Record Record Called Vector Directory Number Instead of Group or Member If this option is enabled, the called VDN overrides the group or member information...

Page 540 - Inc Attd Call Record

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 516 CDR System Parameters 17 Inc Attd Call Record Only appears if Inc Trk Call Splitting is y . Record Non-Call-Assoc TSC A temporary signaling channel (TSC) is a virtual connection established within an IS...

Page 541 - Record Call-Assoc TSC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 517 CDR System Parameters 17 Record Call-Assoc TSC Digits to Record for Outgoing Calls Privacy — Digits to Hide If you enable CDR Privacy on the Station screen for a given phone, use this field to indicate ...

Page 542 - This page appears only if Primary Record Format is customized.; Data Item

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 518 CDR System Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 48. CDR System Parameters This page appears only if Primary Record Format is customized. Data Item Enter the data items in the order they sh...

Page 543 - Length

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 519 CDR System Parameters 17 Length Enter the length of each data item, if different from the default. Record Length Displays the accumulated total length of the customized record, updated each time the len...

Page 544 - Consider the following to enhance your system security:; COR Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 520 Class of Restriction 17 Class of Restriction Use this screen to establish classes of restriction (COR). Classes of restriction control call origination and termination. Your system may use only one COR ...

Page 545 - COR Description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 521 Class of Restriction 17 COR Description FRL APLT Can Be Service Observed Note that this field allows or denies service observing for not only physical extensions, but also for logical agent IDs and VDNs...

Page 546 - Calling Party Restriction; If you want an observer to observe users, set the users’ CORs to; ‘‘Toll; No calling party restrictions.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 522 Class of Restriction 17 Calling Party Restriction This field determines the level of calling restriction associated with this COR. NOTE: To enhance system security, limit calling permissions as much as ...

Page 547 - Called Party Restriction; ‘‘Setting up time of day routing’’ on page 194

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 523 Class of Restriction 17 NOTE: You cannot enter y in the previous two fields unless Service Observing (Basic) is enabled on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen. Called Party Restriction Partiti...

Page 548 - Forced Entry of Account Codes; ‘‘Forced Entry of Account Codes’’ on page 1222; Priority Queuing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 524 Class of Restriction 17 Forced Entry of Account Codes FEAC must be enabled on the System Parameters Customer-Options screen and on the CDR System Parameters screen. Refer to ‘‘Forced Entry of Account Co...

Page 549 - Restriction Override; ‘‘Toll Analysis’’ on page 964

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 525 Class of Restriction 17 Restriction Override Allows the specified users to bypass restriction on conference, transfer or call forwarding operations. Facility Access Trunk Test An associated feature butt...

Page 550 - Can Change Coverage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 526 Class of Restriction 17 Can Change Coverage Unrestricted Call List Any entry on the Toll Analysis screen with an “X” in the Toll List column is restricted, meaning that the system blocks any attempt to ...

Page 551 - Fully Restricted Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 527 Class of Restriction 17 Fully Restricted Service NOTE: If this field is enabled, the APLT field must be n . Category For MFC ANI The Category for MFC ANI field always controls categories for Russian sig...

Page 552 - Add/Remove Agent Skills

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 528 Class of Restriction 17 Add/Remove Agent Skills MF ANI Prefix Defines the prefix to apply to an extension number when ANI is sent to the CO. This overrides any ANI prefix administered on the Multifreque...

Page 553 - Automatic Charge Display

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 529 Class of Restriction 17 Automatic Charge Display Shows the cost of an active outgoing call using Periodic Pulse Metering (PPM) or ISDN Advice of Charge (AOC) on Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) or ...

Page 555 - Class of Restriction screen; CALLING PERMISSION; means an originating facility assigned this COR can be

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 531 Class of Restriction 17 Field descriptions for page 3 Screen 51. Class of Restriction screen CALLING PERMISSION Field descriptions for page 4 Screen 52. Class of Restriction Valid entries Usage y/n A y ...

Page 556 - SERVICE OBSERVING PERMISSION; Class of Service screen; grants permission to observe specific CORs. Enter

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 532 Class of Service 17 SERVICE OBSERVING PERMISSION Class of Service This screen administers access permissions for call processing features that require dial code or feature button access. NOTE: Class of ...

Page 557 - Automatic Callback; ‘‘Automatic Callback’’; Call Forwarding All Calls; ‘‘Call Forwarding’’ on; ‘‘Data; Priority Calling; ‘‘Priority Calling’’ on page; Console Permissions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 533 Class of Service 17 The screen lists the default values for each COS/feature combination. For a particular combination, y allows access to the feature and n denies access. Assign entries on the screen f...

Page 558 - Client Room

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 534 Class of Service 17 ■ Add and remove agent skills ■ Record integrated announcements Off-Hook Alert See ‘‘Emergency Access to the Attendant’’ on page 1323 for more information. To enable this option, eit...

Page 559 - Extended Forwarding B/DA; ‘‘Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls’’ on page 1213; QSIG Call Offer Originations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 535 Code Calling IDs 17 Extended Forwarding B/DA Allows this user to administer call forwarding (when the dialed extension is busy or does not answer) from a remote location. You cannot change this COS to y...

Page 560 - An extension number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 536 Command Permission Categories 17 Screen 54. Code Calling IDs Ext This field assigns extensions to chime codes. Only one extension can be assigned to each chime code. Related topics Refer to ‘‘Setting up...

Page 561 - This field only appears for G3si systems.; Administer Stations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 537 Command Permission Categories 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 55. Command Permission Categories Login Name This display-only field shows the login to which these permissions apply. Display Admin...

Page 562 - Administer Features

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 538 Command Permission Categories 17 Administer Features Use caution when assigning this permission to a user. Administer Trunks Give this permission only to users who are very familiar with these features....

Page 563 - Maintain Switch Circuit Packs; Maintain Trunks; Maintain Process Circuit Packs; Maintain Systems; Maintain Enhanced DS1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 539 Command Permission Categories 17 Maintain Switch Circuit Packs You can only enter a value in this field if the Station and Trunk MSP field is set to y on the System Parameters Customer-Options screen . ...

Page 564 - Command Permission Categories—Restricted Object List screen; as a restricted

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 540 Console Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 56. Command Permission Categories—Restricted Object List screen Pages 2 and 3 of this screen are identical, and allow you to specify up to 40 o...

Page 565 - Console Parameters — Default Attendant Group; Enter a name for the attendant group.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 541 Console Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 57. Console Parameters — Default Attendant Group Attendant Group Name Enter a name for the attendant group. COS Enter a class of service (COS) ...

Page 566 - CAS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 542 Console Parameters 17 Attendant Lockout provides privacy for parties on a multiple-party call held on the console. The held parties can hold a private conversation without interruption by the attendant....

Page 568 - QSIG CAS Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 544 Console Parameters 17 QSIG CAS Number Appears if the CAS field is QSIG-branch . Contains the complete number of the attendant group at the main switch, or a vector directory number (VDN) local to the br...

Page 570 - Secondary Alert on Held Reminder Calls?

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 546 Console Parameters 17 Alerting (sec) Enter the number of seconds after which a held or unanswered call is disconnected from an attendant loop and routed to another attendant or night service Secondary A...

Page 571 - Queue Priorities

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 547 Console Parameters 17 The extensions should be assigned to the optional Attendant Selector Console in the 00 through 09 block (bottom row) in any hundreds group for easy identification by the attendant....

Page 572 - Call-Type Ordering Within Priority Levels?

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 548 Console Parameters 17 ■ DID to Attendant — An incoming DID trunk call to an attendant group. This does not include trunk calls that return to the attendant group after a timeout or deferred attendant re...

Page 573 - Field descriptions for page 4; Grp; Display-only field that lists the Attendant Group number.; Display-only field that lists the Tenant Partition number.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 549 Console Parameters 17 The call types, in descending order of priority, are: ■ Type 1 call: outgoing public-network calls receive answer supervision when the Answer Supervision Timer of the trunk group e...

Page 574 - This screen establishes Call Coverage Answer Groups.; Group Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 550 Coverage Answer Group 17 Coverage Answer Group This screen establishes Call Coverage Answer Groups. An answer group contains up to eight members who act as a coverage point for another user. For example...

Page 575 - Group Name; Enter the group name you want to use to identify this group.; Up to 27 characters; An assigned extension for a station.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 551 Coverage Path 17 Group Name Enter the group name you want to use to identify this group. Tip: Enter the extension numbers that are group members. This allows a list coverage answer group command to be u...

Page 576 - Coverage Path screen; Coverage Path Number; Enter the next coverage path in a coverage path chain. Refer to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 552 Coverage Path 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 62. Coverage Path screen Coverage Path Number A display-only field indicating the coverage path being administered. Hunt After Coverage Next Path Nu...

Page 577 - Linkage; Enter the number of rings.; button. Allows a principal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 553 Coverage Path 17 coverage path with redirection criteria that matches the call status. If the chain is exhausted before the system finds a match, the call does not redirect to coverage. No path number h...

Page 578 - COVERAGE POINTS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 554 Coverage Path 17 COVERAGE POINTS Terminate to Coverage Pts. with Bridged Appearances Point1, Point2, Point3, Point4, Point5, Point6 The alternate destinations that comprise a coverage path. Coverage poi...

Page 579 - audix; AUDIX is connected to another node, set the Message Center field to; Field descriptions; Crisis Alert System Parameters screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 555 Crisis Alert System Parameters 17 If calls redirect to an AUDIX in a DCS network, administer a unique Hunt Group screen. Assign the AUDIX extension in the Group Extension field. If the AUDIX is connecte...

Page 580 - Field description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 556 Crisis Alert System Parameters 17 Field description Every User Responds Controls who needs to respond to a crisis alert. Alert Pager Originating Extension Used as the extension originating the call to s...

Page 581 - Retries

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 557 Crisis Alert System Parameters 17 Retries Displays when the Alert Pager field is y . Retry Interval (sec) Displays when the Alert Pager field is y . This field is not used unless the Retries field is 1 ...

Page 582 - Pin Number; digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 558 Data modules 17 Pin Number This field can be used for any combination of the pager pin number and pauses or left blank. Displays when the Alert Pager field is y . DTMF Duration - Tone (msec) The length ...

Page 583 - Data Module; Enter the extension assigned to the data module.; on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen; Must agree with the dial plan.; Up to 27 alphanumeric characters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 559 Data modules 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 64. Data Module Data Extension Enter the extension assigned to the data module. Name Enter the name of the user associated with the data module. The ...

Page 584 - Enter the type of data module.; Relates to 64 kbps

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 560 Data modules 17 Refer to ‘‘Generalized route selection’’ on page 1340 for a detailed description of Bearer Capability Classes (BCC) and their ability to provide specialized routing for various types of ...

Page 585 - Printers; ethernet

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 561 Data modules 17 data-line Assigns a Data Line Data Module. The Data Line Data Module (DLDM) screen assigns ports on the Data Line circuit pack (DLC) that allows EIA 232C devices to connect to the system...

Page 586 - netcon

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 562 Data modules 17 netcon Assigns a Netcon Data Module. Netcon data modules are the Processor Data Modules (PDMs) that are integrated into the system’s network control ports that provide asynchronous circu...

Page 587 - ppp; They are used to provide the following interfaces:; tdm; Assigns a World Class BRI Data Module.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 563 Data modules 17 ppp Assigns a Point-to-Point Protocol data module. The PPP Data Module screen assigns a synchronous TCP/IP port on the C-Lan. These ports are tailored to provide TCP/IP connections for u...

Page 589 - Physical Channel; nter the 2-digit circuit; Characters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 565 Data modules 17 Physical Channel Used with Netcon and Processor Interface Data Modules. The Physical Channel number is referred to on associated system forms as the Interface Link number . Board Used wi...

Page 591 - MM Complex Voice Ext

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 567 Data modules 17 MM Complex Voice Ext Used with 7500 and World Class BRI Data Modules. This field contains the number of the associated phone in the multimedia complex. This field appears only after you ...

Page 592 - Used with Data Line and Processor/Trunk (; Connected Data Module; Enter the Tenant Partition number.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 568 Data modules 17 ITC (Information Transfer Capability) Used with 7500, Announcement, Netcon, Processor/Trunk, and Processor Interface Data Modules. Appears only when the Comm Type field is 56k-data or 64...

Page 594 - Endpoint Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 570 Data modules 17 Endpoint Type Used with X.25 Data Modules. An endpoint type is a type of packet switched data endpoint that uses X.25 call control procedures. The X.25 Endpoint connects to external port...

Page 596 - ABBREVIATED DIALING List1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 572 Data modules 17 ABBREVIATED DIALING List1 Used with 7500, Data Line, Netcon, Processor/Trunk, Processor Interface, and World Class BRI Data Modules. Supports Data Hot Line. This field can be left blank....

Page 597 - Default Dialing Abbreviated Dialing Dial Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 573 Data modules 17 Hot Line Destination — Abbreviated Dialing Dial Code Used with 7500, Data Line, Netcon, Processor/Trunk, Processor Interface, and World Class BRI Data Modules. Appears only when the Spec...

Page 598 - Used with 7500 and World Class BRI Data Modules.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 574 Data modules 17 Default Mode Used with 7500 and World Class BRI Data Modules. Used to identify the data mode. Default Speed Used with 7500 and World Class BRI Data Modules. Used to identify the data rat...

Page 599 - Default Data Applications; ‘‘Generalized; . This field is left blank until you enter the; Data Line Data Module — if KYBD Dialing is y; Mode 2 asynchronous

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 575 Data modules 17 Default Data Applications Used with 7500 and World Class BRI Data Modules. Used to identify mode to be Used with originating data calls when the mode is not specified with the calling pa...

Page 600 - Data Line Data Module — if KYBD Dialing is n; ‘‘DLC Option Settings’’ on page 580; KYBD Dialing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 576 Data modules 17 Screen 66. Data Line Data Module — if KYBD Dialing is n Refer to ‘‘DLC Option Settings’’ on page 580 for additional information when assigning entries for the remaining fields on the scr...

Page 601 - Busy Out

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 577 Data modules 17 Busy Out This option should be enabled for DTEs that are members of a hunt group and to allow “busy out” when DTE turns power off so that calls do not terminate on that DTE. SPEEDS Enter...

Page 602 - Dial Echoing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 578 Data modules 17 When this option is enabled, the DLC reports the highest optioned speed and all the lower speeds (or the previously selected autoadjust speed) during the handshake process. ! CAUTION: Ca...

Page 603 - Answer Text

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 579 Data modules 17 Answer Text Appears when the KYBD Dialing field is y . This option enables text feedback that is normally delivered to the DTE when a call is answered or disconnected. The Answer Text op...

Page 604 - DLC Option Settings; Table 7

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 580 Data modules 17 DLC Option Settings The following provides additional information on the option settings for DLCs when used with the following types of devices: ■ Printers ■ Non-intelligent terminals ■ ...

Page 605 - Non-intelligent terminals; Table 8

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 581 Data modules 17 Non-intelligent terminals A non-intelligent terminal connected to the DLC usually is assigned as a line. Table 8 lists the option settings for non-intelligent terminals. Table 7. DLDM sc...

Page 606 - Data terminals and personal computers; Table 9

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 582 Data modules 17 Data terminals and personal computers An intelligent data terminal or a personal computer (PC) attached to a DLC can either originate or terminate a data call. A single ADU at the site o...

Page 607 - Host computers; DLDM screen settings for connection to data terminal or personal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 583 Data modules 17 Host computers A host computer may originate and terminate a data call. For this application, the number of DLCs required depends on the number of ports needed. An MADU can be used (inst...

Page 609 - Number of Outstanding Packets

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 585 Data modules 17 Number of Outstanding Frames (w) Specifies layer 2 window size. Retry Attempt Counter (N2) Specifies the number of times to send one frame when this frame is not confirmed for a period o...

Page 610 - 500 and World Class BRI Data Module; XID; Lucent recommends setting to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 586 Data modules 17 Restart (T20) Timer (seconds) The T20 timer is a DTE time-limit started when DTE issues a restart indication and terminated when the restart request is received or confirmed. Reset (T22)...

Page 611 - TEI; Australia

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 587 Data modules 17 TEI Used with 7500 and World Class BRI Data Modules. Appears only if the Fixed TEI field is y . MIM Support Used with 7500 Data Modules. Management Information Message Support. Used to s...

Page 612 - SPID

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 588 Data modules 17 SPID programmed into the ISDN-BRI terminal must be the same. This means that the SPID of the new or re-used terminals must be programmed to match the administered SPID value. SPID Used w...

Page 613 - Date and Time

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 589 Date and Time 17 Date and Time Use this screen to set the system date and time, to select the daylight savings plan number, if any, and to show whether the current time is standard time or daylight savi...

Page 615 - ‘‘Establishing daylight savings rules’’; Daylight Savings Rules; Rule

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 591 Daylight Savings Rules 17 Related topics To update the date and time for the change to or from daylight savings time, use the Daylight Saving Rule screen. Refer to ‘‘Establishing daylight savings rules’...

Page 618 - Local Node Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 594 Dial Plan Record 17 Local Node Number Enter a number to identify a specific node in a switch network. This entry must match the DCS switch node number and the CDR node number if they are specified. ETA ...

Page 619 - ETA Routing Pattern

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 595 Dial Plan Record 17 See DEFINITY ECS Administration for Network Connectivity for more information on Uniform Dial Plans. ETA Routing Pattern Enter the number of the routing pattern to reach the destinat...

Page 621 - Second Digit Table; pextension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 597 Dial Plan Record 17 NOTE: It is recommended that you do not administer extensions that begin with 0 if the Uniform Dialing Plan is enabled. In the United States of America, 0 is usually the attendant. ■...

Page 622 - Digit Absorption; List Number; Displays the Digit Absorption List number (; Absorption Treatment Information

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 598 Digit Absorption 17 Digit Absorption This screen implements up to 5 digit absorption lists. The screen may be required for each CO and FX trunk group connected to a step-by-step CO. Each outgoing digit ...

Page 623 - Absorption Treatment Assignment

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 599 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Absorption Treatment Assignment Enter a desired treatment letter. All choices for the digits 0 through 9 must be taken from the same group (Group I or Group II). DS1 Circuit Pack Use...

Page 624 - The following screen is valid only for the TN2242.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 600 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Screen 73. DS1 Circuit Pack Screen 74. DS1 Circuit Pack screen for Croatia and South Africa The following screen is valid only for the TN2242. add ds1 xxxxxx Page 1 of 2 DS1 CIRCUIT ...

Page 625 - Location

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 601 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Screen 75. DS1 Circuit Pack screen for Channel Associated Signaling Location This display-only field shows the port address specified in the add command when the circuit pack was fir...

Page 626 - Line Coding; cmi

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 602 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 TN464C (and later release) circuit packs have an option switch that must be set to match the entry in the Bit Rate field. Line Coding This field selects the type of line coding used ...

Page 627 - Line Compensation

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 603 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Line Compensation The appropriate entry in this field varies with the type of cable used, so work with your network service provider to determine the correct setting in your situatio...

Page 628 - Signaling Mode

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 604 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 This field only appears if the Bit Rate field is 1.544 (that is, if you’re using T-1 service). If you’re using E-1 service, DEFINITY ECS automatically selects CEPT1 framing. Tip: Luc...

Page 629 - Connect

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 605 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 D-Channel The Japanese 2Mbit trunk circuit pack, when administered to support ISDN-PRI signaling, allows you to assign the D-channel to any channel from 1 to 31 in an E-1 facility. Y...

Page 630 - Interconnect

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 606 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 either end of the DS1 link must have complementary settings in this field: if not, the D-channel won’t even come up. For example, if the switch at one end of the link is administered...

Page 631 - Peer Protocol

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 607 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 This field appears if the Signaling Mode field is CAS or isdn-pri . For the Japanese 2Mbit trunk circuit pack, this is a display-only field if the Signaling Mode field is CAS . Peer ...

Page 632 - Protocol Version; ‘‘Public network signaling administration for

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 608 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 The default value of the field changes depending upon which value the Interface field contains. ! CAUTION: It is critical that administration on this switch correctly pairs with the ...

Page 633 - Interface Companding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 609 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Interface Companding The entry in this field must match the companding method used by the far-end switch. This field does not appear for all DS1 circuit packs. CRC This field indicat...

Page 634 - DCP/ANALOG Bearer Capability

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 610 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 This field appears when the Signaling Mode field is isdn-pri , the Bit Rate field is 2.048 , the Connect field is pbx , and the Interface field is peer-master or peer-slave . DMI-BOS...

Page 635 - MMI Interface

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 611 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 MMI Interface This display-only field appears if the MMCH field is y on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen and there is a value in the MMI Cabling Board field. Received Di...

Page 636 - Incoming Digital PPM Signaling Default (per Country Protocol

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 612 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Table 11. Incoming Digital PPM Signaling Default (per Country Protocol code) Code Country PPM Min (ms) PPM Max (ms) PPM Value 0 null NA NA NA 1 U.S. NA NA NA 2 Australia 80 180 0 3 J...

Page 637 - Slip Detection; Always enter

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 613 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Slip Detection Slips — synchronization errors — slow digital transmissions and can result in data loss. The switch maintains a slip-count record for each DS1 interface to detect erro...

Page 638 - Alarm When PRI Endpoint Detached; the version is V3 or greater; or the Near-end CSU Type field is; integrated

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 614 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Alarm When PRI Endpoint Detached Use this field for DS1 circuit packs connected to Roll-About Video equipment. This field appears only when the Connect field is line-side . Field des...

Page 639 - Network Management Protocol

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 615 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Network Management Protocol This field appears only if the Framing Mode field is esf . Send ANSI-T1.403 One-Second Performance Reports This field selects whether your DS1 circuit pac...

Page 640 - Upon DTE LOS; ‘‘Setting up digital trunks’’ on page 351

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 616 DS1 Circuit Pack 17 Receive ALBO (Receive Automatic Line Build-Out) This field increases the strength of incoming signals by a fixed amount to compensate for line losses. Upon DTE LOS DTE stands for “Da...

Page 641 - Extended Pickup Group screen; Extended Group Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 617 Extended Pickup Group 17 Extended Pickup Group This screen allows grouping of pickup groups into extended pickup groups. This allows users to answer calls outside their immediate group. The maximum numb...

Page 642 - Pickup Group Number; Malicious Call Trace control extensions; button on

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 618 Extensions Administered to have an MCT-Control Button 17 Pickup Group Number This field determines which call pickup groups can answer calls in the extended pickup group. Extensions Administeredto have ...

Page 643 - Used to access AD list 1.; Abbreviated Dialing List2 Access Code; Used to access AD list 2.; Abbreviated Dialing List3 Access Code; Used to access AD list 3.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 619 Feature Access Code 17 Feature Access Code This screen assigns feature access codes (FACs) that, when dialed, activate or cancel the system features. Each field on this screen has the same valid values,...

Page 644 - Announcement Access Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 620 Feature Access Code 17 Abbreviated Dial - Prgm Group List Access Code Used to enter a group list from a telephone. The user’s extension must be entered on the Abbreviated Dial Group List screen in order...

Page 645 - Used to answer a call directed to a pickup group.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 621 Feature Access Code 17 Call Park Access Code Used to park an active call, which can then be retrieved from a different station using the answer back access code. Do not administer to have the same first...

Page 646 - Extended Call Fwd Activate Busy D/A; Extended Call Forward All Activate

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 622 Feature Access Code 17 Extended Call Fwd Activate Busy D/A Used to activate call forwarding from a telephone or remote location. Extended Call Fwd Activate All Used to activate call forwarding from a te...

Page 647 - Used to place activate a facility test call.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 623 Feature Access Code 17 Extended Group Call Pickup Access Code The feature access code (FAC) users enter when a call directed to another pickup group is to be answered. Users must enter a valid “Pickup N...

Page 648 - Used to send a leave word calling message.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 624 Feature Access Code 17 Leave Word Calling Message Retrieval Unlock Used to unlock a telephone’s display module. The lock function is canceled at the telephone by dialing this unlock FAC followed by the ...

Page 649 - Used to program abbreviated dial buttons on an individual phone.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 625 Feature Access Code 17 Program Access Code Used to program abbreviated dial buttons on an individual phone. Refresh Terminal Parameters Access Code Used to update terminal parameters on an individual ph...

Page 651 - Voice Principal Message Retrieval Access Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 627 Feature Access Code 17 Voice Coverage Message Retrieval Access Code Allows users to retrieve voice messages for another user (for whom they are a coverage point) via a digital display module. Voice Prin...

Page 653 - Remove Agent Skill Access Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 629 Feature Access Code 17 Remove Agent Skill Access Code Enter the digits an agent must dial to be able to remove a skill from their current skill set. NOTE: The next field is available only if Vectoring (...

Page 654 - Hospitality; Housekeeping Status (Station) Access Code; through the use of voice prompting.; Field descriptions for page 6

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 630 Feature Access Code 17 Housekeeping Status (Client Room) Access Code Enter the access code the housekeeper dials from the client’s room to provide room status. These codes are transmitted to the Propert...

Page 656 - Multimedia Parameter Access Code; Feature-Related System Parameters screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 632 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Originating a multimedia call with the multimedia multi-address access code will originate a call according to the Default Multimedia Parameters selected on the Syst...

Page 657 - Self Station Display Enabled

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 633 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Self Station Display Enabled Use this field to control the use of the INSPECT button for digital display phones. Self Station Display allows a user to display the pr...

Page 658 - AAR/ARS Dial Tone Required; on the System-Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 634 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Call Park Timeout Interval (minutes) Off-Premises Tone Detect Timeout Interval (seconds) AAR/ARS Dial Tone Required A second dial tone provides feedback to the user ...

Page 660 - Messaging Service Adjunct (MSA) Connected

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 636 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 DID/Tie/ISDN Intercept Treatment Messaging Service Adjunct (MSA) Connected Internal Auto-Answer of Attd-Extended/Transferred Calls This only applies to digital telep...

Page 661 - ACA Referral Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 637 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Must have an "aca-halt" button administered on the user’s station. If you enable this feature, complete the following ACA-related fields. ACA Referral Calls ...

Page 662 - ACA Remote PBX Identification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 638 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 ACA Short Holding Time Originating Extension and ACA Long Holding Time Originating Extension ACA Remote PBX Identification This field only appears if ACA Referral Ca...

Page 663 - Protocol for Caller ID Analog Terminals

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 639 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Protocol for Caller ID Analog Terminals Determines the protocol/tones sent to a Caller ID phone. Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 86. Feature-Related System Para...

Page 664 - Message Waiting Indication for External Calls; An assigned station extension.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 640 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Maximum Number of External Calls Logged Per Station When an external call is not answered, the switch keeps a record of up to 15 calls (provided information on the c...

Page 665 - TTI State

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 641 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 ! CAUTION: Changing the TTI Enable field from n to y or from y to n triggers a background maintenance task that either generates (when changed to y ) or removes (whe...

Page 666 - Record PSA/TTI Transactions in History Log; ‘‘Personal Station Access’’ on

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 642 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Record PSA/TTI Transactions in History Log COR for PSA Dissociated Sets CPN, ANI for PSA Dissociated Sets Appears when the COR for PSA Dissociated Sets field is non-...

Page 667 - Reserved Slots for Attendant Priority Queue; Enter the number of calls that can go in to the emergency queue

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 643 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Default Multimedia Outgoing Trunk Parameter Selection Field descriptions for page 3 Screen 87. Feature-Related System Parameters screen Reserved Slots for Attendant ...

Page 668 - Time Before Off-Hook Alert

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 644 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Time Before Off-Hook Alert Emergency Access Redirection Extension Number of Emergency Calls Allowed in Attendant Queue Call Pickup Alerting This provides pickup grou...

Page 669 - Call Pickup on Intercom Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 645 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Call Pickup on Intercom Calls Directed Call Pickup Feature use by individual stations, attendants, or EAS agents can be controlled by COR. Extended Group Call Pickup...

Page 671 - Controlled Station-to-Station Restriction; Intercepted calls are redirected to the attendant.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 647 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Controlled Station-to-Station Restriction Enter the type of intercept treatment the caller receives when the call is placed to a restricted telephone. Authorization ...

Page 672 - Authorization Code Cancellation Symbol

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 648 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 ! SECURITY ALERT: You enhance your system’s security by using the maximum length for your authorization code. Authorization Code Cancellation Symbol Enter the symbol...

Page 673 - Display Authorization Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 649 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Display Authorization Code This field applies only to DCP, not to BRI or hybrid sets. ! SECURITY ALERT: To enhance your system’s security, set Display Authorization ...

Page 674 - Lines Per Page; Associated with the System printer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 650 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 4 Screen 88. Feature-Related System Parameters screen System Printer Parameters The system printer is the printer dedicated to support sc...

Page 676 - Send All Calls Options:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 652 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Send All Calls Options: Send All Calls Applies to Auto Inspect on Send All Calls Universal Call ID (UCID): Create Universal Call ID (UCID) UCID Network Node ID Enter...

Page 677 - Field descriptions for page 5; Conference Parties with Public Network Trunks

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 653 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 5 Screen 89. Feature-Related System Parameters screen Public Network Trunks on Conference Call Indicates the number of public network tru...

Page 679 - Conference Tone; Wait Answer Supervision Timer; Intrusion Tone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 655 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Conference Tone NOTE: Bridging and Conference Tones are not supported by all countries. If these tones are enabled for countries other than Italy, Belgium, United Ki...

Page 680 - Special Dial Tone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 656 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Special Dial Tone Special dial tone notifies an analog-phone user if certain features are still active when the user goes off-hook. These features include: ■ Call Fo...

Page 681 - DID Busy Treatment; ‘‘AAR and ARS Digit Analysis

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 657 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 DID Busy Treatment Allow AAR/ARS Access from DID/DIOD Allow ANI Restriction on AAR/ARS (For Russia only) If a call is placed over a Russian shuttle trunk or a Russia...

Page 682 - Abort Conference Upon Hang-Up

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 658 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Abort Conference Upon Hang-Up Allows DCP, hybrid, wireless, or ISDN-BRI phone users to abort the conference operation when they hang up. Abort Transfer Stops the tra...

Page 683 - 405ND Numeric Terminal Display; This is also known as Distinctive Ringing.; Attendant Originated Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 659 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 7405ND Numeric Terminal Display 7434ND Distinctive Audible Alerting (Internal, External, Priority) This is also known as Distinctive Ringing. Attendant Originated Ca...

Page 684 - blank

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 660 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 DTMF Tone Feedback Signal to VRU - Connection, Disconnection This field appears only if DTMF Feedback Signals for VRU on the Customer-Options System Parameters scree...

Page 685 - Send ISDN Trunk Group Name on Tandem Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 661 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Display Connected Name/Number for ISDN DCS Calls Send ISDN Trunk Group Name on Tandem Calls CPN Replacement for Restricted Calls CPN Replacement for Unavailable Call...

Page 686 - MWI - Number of Digits Per AUDIX Subscriber; . This field appears; Feature Plus Ext; A valid extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 662 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 MWI - Number of Digits Per AUDIX Subscriber Appears only if the Basic Supplementary Services field or the ISDN Feature Plus field on the System-Parameters Customer-O...

Page 687 - International CPN Prefix

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 663 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 international, and (2) whether the Numbering Plan Identifier (NPI) is Unknown or ISDN/Telephony. This administered prefix is applied to national calls. Prefixing app...

Page 688 - . This field controls the treatment of an; Maximum Length

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 664 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Unknown Numbers Considered Internal for AUDIX Appears when, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen, either the ISDN-PRI or ISDN-BRI Trunks field is y . Thi...

Page 689 - US NI Calling Name for Outgoing Calls?

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 665 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 US NI Calling Name for Outgoing Calls? Field descriptions for page 7 Screen 91. Feature-Related System Parameters screen Valid entries Usage y/n Enter y to send a na...

Page 690 - Pull Transfer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 666 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Pull Transfer Update Transferred Ring Pattern Outpulse Without Tone Wait Answer Supervision Timer Refer to Unanswered DID Call Timer (seconds) for more information. ...

Page 691 - Misoperation Alerting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 667 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Misoperation Alerting Misoperation Alerting should not be enabled if Call Prompting is optioned. Repetitive Call Waiting Tone Allow Conference via Flash Repetitive C...

Page 692 - Network Feedback During Tone Detection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 668 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Network Feedback During Tone Detection Hear Zip Tone Following VOA? This tone alerts a telephone user that the announcement has completed and a caller is now connect...

Page 693 - Station Tone Forward Disconnect

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 669 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Station Tone Forward Disconnect Tone Forward Disconnect applies to any station other than one administered as a data endpoint, an attendant console, a BRI phone, an ...

Page 694 - Flashhook Interval

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 670 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Date Format on 6400/8400 Terminals The format of the date as displayed on the telephones. On-hook Dialing on 6400/8400 Terminals For 6400/8400 telephone users with s...

Page 695 - Italian Protocol Enabled

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 671 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Upper Bound (msec) Specifies the upper bound of the flashhook interval. Specifies the upper bound of the station-to-switch recall signal timing interval in milliseco...

Page 696 - Field descriptions for page 8; Call Center System Parameters:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 672 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Enforce PNT-to-PNT Restrictions This field appears only if Italian Protocol Enabled is y . Field descriptions for page 8 Screen 92. Feature-Related System Parameters...

Page 697 - Minimum Agent-LoginID Password Length; Entering a

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 673 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Minimum Agent-LoginID Password Length Enter the minimum number of digits that must be administered as an EAS Agent’s LoginID password. Only appears if Expert Agent S...

Page 698 - Converse Signaling Tone/Pause

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 674 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 is ready. The delay commences when the first group of digits has been outpulsed. Only appears if Vectoring (Basic) on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen i...

Page 699 - Interflow-qpos EWT Threshold

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 675 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Interflow-qpos EWT Threshold Part of enhanced Look-Ahead Interflow. Any calls predicted to be answered before this threshold will not be interflowed (therefore savin...

Page 700 - Field descriptions for page 9; Agent and Call Selection Parameters:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 676 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 9 Screen 93. Feature-Related System Parameters screen Agent and Call Selection Parameters: MIA Across Splits or Skills? ACW Agents Consid...

Page 701 - Reason Codes Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 677 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 For information on CentreVu ® Advocate, please contact your Lucent Account Executive or see the CentreVu ® Advocate User Guide (585-215-855). Service Level Superviso...

Page 702 - Logout Reason Code Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 678 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Logout Reason Code Type Call Management System Parameters: Adjunct CMS Release Specifies the release of the CMS adjunct used with the system. ACD Login Identificatio...

Page 703 - BCMS/VuStats Measurement Interval

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 679 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 BCMS/VuStats Measurement Interval You can enter half-hour or hour for polling and reporting measurement data if the BCMS (Basic) and/or the VuStats on the System-Par...

Page 704 - Remove Inactive BCMS/VuStats Agents; Automatic Exclusion by COS; Automatic Exclusion Coverage/Hold; ‘‘Telephone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 680 Feature-Related System Parameters 17 Remove Inactive BCMS/VuStats Agents If option yes is used, agents are removed from reports when they have no staff time during the previous 7 days. If option no is u...

Page 705 - Automatic Exclusion with Whisper Page; Group Paging Using Speakerphone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 681 Group Paging Using Speakerphone 17 Automatic Exclusion with Whisper Page Appears when Automatic Exclusion by COS field is y . Recall Rotary Digit This establishes the digit to use for rotary phones to r...

Page 706 - Group Paging Using Speakerphone screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 682 Group Paging Using Speakerphone 17 Screen 95. Group Paging Using Speakerphone screen Group Number This field displays the identifying number the switch assigns to the group when it is created. Group Ext...

Page 708 - Message Waiting Configuration

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 684 Hospitality 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 96. Hospitality Message Waiting Configuration This indicates whether message waiting notification requests and changes are being exchanged between the...

Page 709 - Housekeeper Information Configuration; ), the server and PMS exchange and accept

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 685 Hospitality 17 Housekeeper Information Configuration This indicates whether housekeeper information is being exchanged between the server and the PMS. Number of Housekeeper ID Digits Extension of PMS Lo...

Page 710 - Client Room Coverage Path Configuration; This field is used only in ASCII mode.; Extension of PMS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 686 Hospitality 17 Client Room Coverage Path Configuration This indicates whether the server and the PMS exchange coverage path information for guest stations. Default Coverage Path for Client Rooms This ap...

Page 711 - PMS Protocol Mode; The PMS Protocol Mode field must be; Seconds Before PMS Link Idle Timeout

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 687 Hospitality 17 PMS Protocol Mode This indicates the message protocol mode used between the server and PMS. Coordinate this option with your PMS vendor. ASCII mode The PMS Protocol Mode field must be tra...

Page 712 - PMS Link Maximum Retransmission Requests; Hospitality screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 688 Hospitality 17 PMS Link Maximum Retransmission Requests Take Down Link for Lost Messages Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 97. Hospitality screen Valid entries Usage 1 to 5 Enter the number of times ...

Page 713 - Dual Wakeup

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 689 Hospitality 17 Dual Wakeup Daily Wakeup VIP Wakeup VIP Wakeups Per 5 Minutes This field appears only if VIP Wakeup is y. Room Activated Wakeup with Tones ! CAUTION: Set the following reports for a time ...

Page 714 - Time of Scheduled Wakeup Activity Report

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 690 Hospitality 17 Time of Scheduled Wakeup Activity Report This indicates the time of day that the Wakeup Activity Report will be printed on the Journal/Schedule Printer. This report summarizes the wakeup ...

Page 715 - Announcement Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 691 Hospitality 17 Announcement Type This indicates the type of automatic wakeup announcement the hotel guest will receive. Allowable entries are as follows: NOTE: One of the following four fields appears d...

Page 716 - Auxiliary Board for Announcement

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 692 Hospitality 17 Auxiliary Board for Announcement This field appears only when the external announcement type is used. This indicates the equipment location of an auxiliary trunk circuit that connects to ...

Page 717 - Display Room Information in Call Display

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 693 Hospitality 17 Length of Time to Remain Connected to Announcement Enter the length of time in seconds that a hotel guest will be connected to an announcement. This applies only after the guest has heard...

Page 718 - Automatic Selection of DID Numbers

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 694 Hospitality 17 Automatic Selection of DID Numbers This field assigns a 2- or 5-digit number to a guest’s phone number that is not associated with the room number. Number of Digits from PMS This indicate...

Page 719 - Digit to Insert/Delete

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 695 Hospitality 17 Digit to Insert/Delete Enter the leading digit that may be deleted and inserted back as described in the following text. The current PMS message set uses the extension number as the room ...

Page 721 - Hunt Group screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 697 Hunt Group 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 98. Hunt Group screen Screen 99. Hunt Group screen when Queue and Vector are n The two Extension fields display only when the Calls Warning Port and th...

Page 722 - Hunt Group screen when Queue and Vector are y

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 698 Hunt Group 17 Screen 100. Hunt Group screen when Queue and Vector are y The two Extension fields display only when the Calls Warning Port and the Time Warning Port fields are x. Screen 101. Hunt Group s...

Page 724 - Group Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 700 Hunt Group 17 Group Type There are six group types: Uniform Call Distribution (ucd-mia and ucd-loa), Direct Department Calling (DDC), and Expert Agent Distribution (ead-mia and ead-loa). Each option use...

Page 726 - Security Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 702 Hunt Group 17 Security Code Enter a 4-digit security code (password) used for the Demand Print feature. ISDN Caller Disp This field is required if, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen, the ...

Page 728 - Time Warning Threshold

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 704 Hunt Group 17 Time Warning Threshold Appears if the Queue field is y and when the Calling Warning Port and the Time Warning Port fields are X . Enter the time in seconds that a call can remain in the qu...

Page 729 - Field description for page 2; If the ACD field is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 705 Hunt Group 17 Field description for page 2 Page 2 of the Hunt group screen appears only when the ACD field on page 1 is y . If the ACD field is n , page 3 becomes page 2 and all subsequent page numbers ...

Page 730 - Skill; If this field is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 706 Hunt Group 17 Screen 104. Hunt Group screen when Vector is n and Queue is y Screen 105. Hunt Group screen when Queue and Vector are y Skill Only appears if, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options scr...

Page 731 - AAS; Appears when the ACD field is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 707 Hunt Group 17 Acceptable Service Level (sec) Enter the number of seconds within which calls to this hunt group should be answered. This allows BCMS and/or VuStats to report a percentage of calls that we...

Page 732 - Measured; either BCMS or VuStats first

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 708 Hunt Group 17 Measured Provides measurement data for the ACD split/skill collected (internal to the switch) for VuStats or BCMS. This measurement data is collected for VuStats and BCMS only if, on the S...

Page 733 - Supervisor Extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 709 Hunt Group 17 Supervisor Extension Timed ACW Interval (sec) When a value is entered in this field, an agent in auto-in work mode who receives an ACD call from this hunt group is placed automatically int...

Page 734 - Inflow Threshold

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 710 Hunt Group 17 Inflow Threshold Appears only when the Vector field is n and the Queue field is y . Enter the number of seconds that a call can remain in the queue before no more calls will be accepted by...

Page 735 - Multiple Call Handling; and the ACD field on this screen is; Redirect to VDN

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 711 Hunt Group 17 Multiple Call Handling Appears only if, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen, the Multiple Call Handling field is y and the ACD field on this screen is y . This field defines w...

Page 736 - Appears only when the Controlling Adjunct field is; Field description for page 3

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 712 Hunt Group 17 Forced Entry of Stroke Counts or Call Work Codes Appears only when the Controlling Adjunct field is none . Field description for page 3 Screen 106. Hunt Group screen Message Center Enter t...

Page 737 - AUDIX Extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 713 Hunt Group 17 AUDIX Extension Enter a valid Uniform Dial Plan (UDP) extension that identifies the AUDIX hunt group on the host switch used as the Message Center for this hunt group (supports the AUDIX I...

Page 738 - Calling Party Number to INTUITY AUDIX; Only appears when the Message Center field is; LWC Reception; command to add the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 714 Hunt Group 17 Calling Party Number to INTUITY AUDIX Only appears when the Message Center field is audix or rem-audix . LWC Reception Defines the destination for Leave Word Calling (LWC) messages left fo...

Page 739 - First Announcement Extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 715 Hunt Group 17 First Announcement Extension Appears when the Queue field is y . Does not appear if the Vector field is y . First Announcement Delay (sec) Enter the number of seconds that a call remains i...

Page 740 - Second Announcement Recurring; Hunt Group for MWI screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 716 Hunt Group 17 Second Announcement Delay (sec) Appears only when the ACD and Queue fields both are y and the Vector field is n . Enter the time in seconds before the call in the queue receives a second r...

Page 741 - Message Center

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 717 Hunt Group 17 Message Center Enter the type of messaging adjunct for the hunt group. Only one hunt group in the System can be administered as msa , one as audix , one as qsig-mwi , one as fp-mwi , and o...

Page 742 - Enter y to send the calling party number to INTUITY AUDIX.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 718 Hunt Group 17 Calling Party Number to INTUITY AUDIX Only appears when the Message Center field is audix or rem-audix . LWC Reception Defines the destination for Leave Word Calling (LWC) messages left fo...

Page 743 - This display-only field shows the number of a hunt group.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 719 Hunt Group 17 Group Number This display-only field shows the number of a hunt group. Group Extension This display-only field shows the extension of the hunt group. Group Type This display-only field sho...

Page 744 - Intercom Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 720 Intercom Group 17 Name This display-only field shows the name assigned to the above extension number when it is administered in the System. Intercom Group This screen assigns extensions to intercom grou...

Page 745 - xt; This field assigns an extension to the group.; DC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 721 Inter-Exchange Carrier (IXC) Codes 17 E xt This field assigns an extension to the group. DC This field assigns a dial code to an extension. The dial code is the code users must dial to make intercom cal...

Page 747 - IXC Prefix

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 723 Intra-Switch CDR 17 IXC Prefix IXC Code Format Intra-Switch CDR This screen administers extensions for which Intra-Switch CDR is to be enabled. NOTE: Attendants are not allowed to be optioned for the In...

Page 748 - Capacities; Intra-Switch CDR screen; Assigned Members; IP Trunk Configuration Manager; Any valid extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 724 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 Capacities The Intra-Switch CDR extension capacities vary from switch to switch. See the DEFINITY ECS System Description. Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 112. Intr...

Page 749 - Property page the tab displays; Info

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 725 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 Overview Configuration Manager lets you configure, administer, and troubleshoot DEFINITY ECS service in an easy-to-use tabbed interface featuring standard Windows ® pro...

Page 750 - Telephony: PSTN ports; Telephony property page; Use the Telephony property page to:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 726 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 ■ Apply accepts your changes and lets you continue working in Configuration Manager ■ Set Default Values cancels your changes and resets the parameters in a property pa...

Page 751 - The Telephony property page contains the following parameters:; Parameter; Type of Board: IP Trunk; Ports

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 727 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 The Telephony property page contains the following parameters: Parameter Description Telephony Board Installed These display-only fields show:Number of Boards: 1 Type o...

Page 752 - Telephony Advanced dialog box; Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 728 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 Telephony Advanced dialog box Use the Telephony Advanced dialog box to adjust additional telephony parameters. The Telephony Advanced dialog box contains the following ...

Page 754 - Internet dialog box

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 730 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 Internet dialog box Use the Internet dialog box to configure your connection to an IP network. Adjust these parameters as needed for optimal performance. ■ DTMF Duratio...

Page 756 - Dial/Routing Plan dialog box; The Dial/Routing Plan dialog box controls:; ITS Servers; accept; reject; Destination IP: The IP address of the remote switch.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 732 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 Dial/Routing Plan dialog box The Dial/Routing Plan dialog box controls: ■ how the IP trunk application manipulates the digits it receives for outgoing and incoming call...

Page 757 - Replace Digits: See the Dial/Routing Plan Worksheets; IP addresses explicitly

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 733 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 Routing Info - Terminating Dial Plan ■ Entry Type: Sets whether or not incoming calls are accepted. The default value is Accept. If you set this to Reject, then incomin...

Page 758 - Service Logs dialog box

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 734 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 Service Logs dialog box Use the Service Logs dialog box to configure service logging options for the DEFINITY ECS application. The Service Logs dialog box contains the ...

Page 759 - QoS dialog box; Error Messages

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 735 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 QoS dialog box Use the Quality of Service (QoS) dialog box to configure the quality of service options for the DEFINITY ECS connections to remote sites. Error Messages ...

Page 760 - Line Pool ID; Properties; Idle - do not monitor QoS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 736 IP Trunk Configuration Manager 17 The Quality of Service dialog box contains the following parameters: Parameter Description Line Pool ID Allows you to specify an integer between 1 and 999 that identifi...

Page 762 - ISDN trunk group; , but if one end is administered as; ascend; other end must be administered as; descend; . This helps avoid the possibility of; cyclical; Hardware requirements

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 738 ISDN trunk group 17 Related topics Refer to DEFINITY ECS Administration for Network Connectivity for administration procedures. Refer to ‘‘IP trunk service’’ on page 1383 for detailed information on thi...

Page 763 - You cannot use the TN765 circuit pack with ISDN-BRI interfaces.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 739 ISDN trunk group 17 ISDN-PRI interfaces are supported by the TN767 circuit pack (for assignment of a T1 signaling link and up to 24 ISDN-PRI trunk group members), or the TN464C or later circuit pack (fo...

Page 764 - How to administer ISDN trunk groups; Screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 740 ISDN trunk group 17 How to administer ISDN trunk groups The table below shows the screens used to administer the TN765 Processor Interface (PI) for R7si and later configurations. Screen Field System-Par...

Page 766 - Notes for Above Tables

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 742 ISDN trunk group 17 The table below shows the screens used to administer the TN778 Packet Control (PACCON) for R7r and later configurations. Notes for Above Tables ■ System-Parameters Customer-Options —...

Page 767 - — E1 Circuit Pack

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 743 ISDN trunk group 17 ■ ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack — This screen is required if using ISDN-BRI trunk interfaces. Assign all fields as required. ■ DS1 Circuit Pack — This screen is required if using ISDN-...

Page 769 - Design Considerations; Cannot mix BRI and PRI ports in the same trunk group.; Many of the fields on the following screens are described in; ISDN Trunk Group screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 745 ISDN trunk group 17 Design Considerations ISDN-BRI and ISDN-PRI interfaces cannot be mixed in the same trunk group. Therefore, consider the following: ■ The earliest trunk member (the lowest numbered on...

Page 770 - Calling Number – Delete; Therefore, this field also must contain a value other than

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 746 ISDN trunk group 17 Calling Number – Delete Calling Number – Insert Calling Number – Numbering Format This field indicates the TON/NPI encoding applied to CPN information modified by the CLI Prefix feat...

Page 771 - Carrier Medium

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 747 ISDN trunk group 17 Carrier Medium This field lets you to specify the type of transport medium interface used for the ISDN trunk group. Appears only when the Group Type field is isdn and, on the System-...

Page 772 - Codeset to Send Display

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 748 ISDN trunk group 17 Codeset to Send Display This field defines the codeset for sending the information element for Display. The value depends on the type of switch to which the user is connected. Codese...

Page 773 - overlap; Far End Test Line No.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 749 ISDN trunk group 17 Digit Handling (in/out) This field defines whether overlap receiving and overlap sending features are enabled. Set the field to overlap when you want overlap receiving or overlap sen...

Page 774 - QSIG Value-Added Lucent; This field can be set to; Service Type; cbc

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 750 ISDN trunk group 17 The following table indicates the expected ISDN-PRI message size from several Lucent Technologies products. QSIG Value-Added Lucent Provides QSIG-VALU services. This field appears on...

Page 775 - A tie trunk giving access to an Electronic Tandem Network.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 751 ISDN trunk group 17 Valid entries Usage access A tie trunk giving access to an Electronic Tandem Network. accunet ACCUNET Switched Digital Service — part of ACI (AT&T Communications ISDN) phase 2. c...

Page 776 - Supplementary Service Protocol

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 752 ISDN trunk group 17 Supplementary Service Protocol Indicates which supplementary service protocol to use for services over this trunk group. Supplementary Service protocols are mutually exclusive. sdn S...

Page 777 - Test Call BCC; ‘‘Service; Trunk Hunt

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 753 ISDN trunk group 17 Test Call BCC Indicates the Bearer Capability Code (BCC) used for the ISDN test call. Testcall ITC Controls the encoding of the Information Transfer Capability (ITC) codepoint of the...

Page 778 - Usage Alloc; Appears when the Service Type field is; . Specifies whether users want to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 754 ISDN trunk group 17 NOTE: The cyclical option cannot be set if the trunk group using ISDN-PRI interfaces is to be used for Wideband operations (the Wideband Support field set to y ). The search can be a...

Page 779 - These fields are unique to the ISDN trunk group screen.; BSR Reply-best DISC Cause Value

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 755 ISDN trunk group 17 Screen 115. ISDN Trunk Group screen These fields are unique to the ISDN trunk group screen. BSR Reply-best DISC Cause Value Switches that are polled as resources in a Best Service Ro...

Page 780 - DCS Signaling

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 756 ISDN trunk group 17 DCS Signaling Specifies the means used to send the DCS message. This field only appears if the Used for DCS field entry is y and the Service Type field is anything except dmi-mos or ...

Page 781 - Numbering Format

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 757 ISDN trunk group 17 NCA-TSC Trunk Member Identifies the trunk member whose D-channel will be used to route tandem NCA-TSCs or QSIG CISCs. Value range for this field is from 1 to the maximum number of me...

Page 782 - Path Replacement Method

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 758 ISDN trunk group 17 Path Replacement Method Appears when either the ISDN-PRI trunk or the ISDN-BRI trunk fields and the Basic Call Setup and Supplementary Services with Rerouting fields are set to y on ...

Page 783 - Send Calling Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 759 ISDN trunk group 17 Send Calling Number Specifies whether the calling party’s number is sent on outgoing or tandemed ISDN calls. Valid entries are y , n , or r (restricted). If y is entered, the ISDN Nu...

Page 784 - Send UCID; ATM; UUI IE Treatment; shared; Wideband Support

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 760 ISDN trunk group 17 (for called/busy only) or d for the QSIG Global Networking Supplementary Services Protocol. When the Supplementary Service Protocol field is e (DCS with Rerouting), only values of y ...

Page 785 - ASAI

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 761 ISDN trunk group 17 Switching field is y on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen. If set to y , the Wideband Support Options page appears. All trunk members must be from TN464C (or later) circu...

Page 786 - Universal Call ID

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 762 ISDN trunk group 17 Universal Call ID Unique tag to identify each call. Valid entries are 1 to 6 and blank. If blank, that field’s information is not forwarded. In-VDN TIme Number of seconds the call ha...

Page 787 - Incoming Call Handling Treatment; This page does not appear if the Digit Handling (in/out) field is; on; outgoing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 763 ISDN trunk group 17 Field descriptions for the Incoming Call Handling Treatment page Screen 117. Incoming Call Handling Treatment NOTE: This page does not appear if the Digit Handling (in/out) field is ...

Page 788 - The Called/Length matches

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 764 ISDN trunk group 17 Each row in the table consists of seven columns. The first three columns (Service/Feature, Called Len, and Called Number) constitute a key that together select which row or unique tr...

Page 789 - ‘‘Packet Gateway Board’’; Called Len; Called Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 765 ISDN trunk group 17 Incoming Call Handling Treatment Table entries with a predefined service/feature always appear before entries with a user-defined service/feature. To control the order in which certa...

Page 790 - Del; Insert; calls of this type. Valid entries are; Night Serv

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 766 ISDN trunk group 17 Del Specifies the number of leading digits to be deleted from the incoming Called Party Number. Calls of a particular type may be administered to be routed to a single destination by...

Page 791 - CBC Trunk Group Usage Allocation; for a detailed description of Usage Allocation Plans.; other; is used for all; that a particular Service/Feature can use at any given

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 767 ISDN trunk group 17 Field Descriptions for the CBC Trunk Group Usage Allocation page Screen 118. CBC Trunk Group Usage Allocation The CBC Trunk Group Usage Allocation screen sets a minimum and maximum n...

Page 792 - Fixed

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 768 ISDN trunk group 17 Max# Chan Indicates the maximum number of members of a ISDN trunk group with a Service Type field of cbc that a particular Service/Feature can use at any given time. This field must ...

Page 793 - Scheduled; is entered in this field then there must be at least; Act Time; Wideband Support Options; must be from a TN464C (or later) circuit

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 769 ISDN trunk group 17 Scheduled Indicates whether or not the allocation plans will be in effect according to the schedule found on this page. If y is entered in this field then there must be at least one ...

Page 794 - Contiguous

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 770 ISDN trunk group 17 H0 Enter y to specify the ISDN information transfer rate for 384-kbps of data, which is comprised of six B-channels. When a trunk group is administered to support H0, the trunk/hunt ...

Page 795 - ISDN Group Member Assignments

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 771 ISDN trunk group 17 Field Descriptions for the Group Member Assignments page Screen 121. ISDN Group Member Assignments The total number of pages, and the first page of Group Member Assignments, will var...

Page 796 - ISDN Numbering — Private; ISDN Number — Private Format

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 772 ISDN Numbering — Private 17 group. If a DS1 circuit pack appears in more than one signaling group, then the Sig Grp field cannot be left blank. One of the signaling group members must be entered. Valid ...

Page 797 - Network Level

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 773 ISDN Numbering — Private 17 Network Level Enter the value of the highest regional level employed by the PNP network. Use the following table to find the relationship between the network level and the Nu...

Page 798 - Level 2 Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 774 ISDN Numbering — Private 17 Level 2 Code Enter the switch’s second level regional code in the network. Administer this field carefully. The system will not check to ensure you have entered a code that s...

Page 799 - ISDN Numbering — Public/ Unknown; public

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 775 ISDN Numbering — Public/ Unknown 17 ISDN Numbering — Public/ Unknown This screen supports the ISDN Call Identification Display feature. The feature provides a name/number display for display-equipped st...

Page 800 - Ext Len

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 776 ISDN Numbering — Public/ Unknown 17 Ext Len Specifies the number of digits the extension can have. Ext Code Allows for groups of extensions to be administered. NOTE: When 0 alone is entered, the Ext Len...

Page 801 - CPN Prefix; ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 777 ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack 17 CPN Prefix Use this field to specify the number that is added to the beginning of the extension to form a Calling or Connected Number. Total CPN Len ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit...

Page 802 - This name is used to identify the circuit pack.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 778 ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack 17 Screen 124. BRI Trunk (using a TN2185 circuit pack) Location This is a display-only field. It shows the TN2185 circuit pack location (PPCSS) Name Interface Companding DCP/...

Page 804 - The bit pattern sent on the D-channel between valid LAPD packets.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 780 ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack 17 TEI Time Fill The bit pattern sent on the D-channel between valid LAPD packets. Invert Bits Synch Source Layer 1 Stable Detect Slips Valid entries Usage auto 0 Valid entri...

Page 805 - BRI Trunk (with a TN556B or TN2198 circuit pack); Synch Source; Interface; only if

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 781 ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 125. BRI Trunk (with a TN556B or TN2198 circuit pack) The following field descriptions are unique to the ISDN-BRI Circuit Pack screen ...

Page 806 - Side

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 782 ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack 17 Side Cntry/Peer Protocol Tells call processing software which ISDN protocol standard is applied. Field descriptions for page 2 NOTE: If administering a TN2185 circuit pack...

Page 808 - Indicates whether the far end supports the Layer 2 XID test.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 784 ISDN-BRI Trunk Circuit Pack 17 NOTE: If the Interface field on page 1 contains a valid value when the screen is submitted, the contents of the fields on page 2 for that port are validated. If the Interf...

Page 810 - Trunk Member Administration; B-channel 1 uses the port address of the BRI Trunk Port.; add bri-trunk board PPCSS; command is rejected if PPCSS identifies a

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 786 Language Translations 17 Trunk Member Administration Administer BRI trunk members using the following scheme to address the individual B-channels: ■ B-channel 1 uses the port address of the BRI Trunk Po...

Page 811 - English; Language Translations — AD programming

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 787 Language Translations 17 NOTE: If "user-defined" is entered for the display language on the station screen or attendant screen, and no messages are defined on these screens, a string of asterisk...

Page 813 - Language Translations — Call-Identifiers

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 789 Language Translations 17 Screen 131. Language Translations — Auto-Wakeup-Dn-Dst Screen 132. Language Translations — Call-Identifiers change display-messages auto-wakeup-dn-dst Page 3 of 3 LANGUAGE TRANS...

Page 816 - Language Translations — Leave-Word-Calling

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 792 Language Translations 17 Screen 137. Language Translations — Leave-Word-Calling Screen 138. Language Translations — Leave-Word-Calling change display-messages leave-word-calling Page 1 of 2 LANGUAGE TRA...

Page 817 - Language Translations — Malicious-Call-Trace

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 793 Language Translations 17 Screen 139. Language Translations — Malicious-Call-Trace Screen 140. Language Translations — Malicious-Call-Trace change display-messages mailcious-call-trace Page 1 of 2 LANGUA...

Page 818 - Language Translations — Miscellaneous-Features

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 794 Language Translations 17 Screen 141. Language Translations — Miscellaneous-Features Screen 142. Language Translations — Miscellaneous Features change display-messages miscellaneous features Page 1 of 6 ...

Page 821 - Language Translations — Property-Management

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 797 Language Translations 17 Screen 147. Language Translations — Property-Management Screen 148. Language Translations — Property-Management change display-messages property management Page 1 of 5 LANGUAGE ...

Page 823 - Language Translations — Softkey-Labels

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 799 Language Translations 17 Screen 152. Language Translations — Softkey-Labels In order to provide unique labeling for abbreviated dialing button types for softkey-labels, the switch replaces the last two ...

Page 824 - Language Translations — Transfer; for

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 800 Listed Directory Numbers 17 Screen 154. Language Translations — Transfer Screen 155. Language Translations — VuStats Listed Directory Numbers Allows Direct Inward Dialing (DID) numbers to be treated as ...

Page 825 - Night Destination

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 801 Listed Directory Numbers 17 Screen 156. Listed Directory Numbers Night Destination Enter the valid assigned extension number that will receive calls to these numbers when Night Service is active. Ext Na...

Page 826 - ARS Prefix 1 Required for 10-Digit NANP Calls?; Displays the location number (; Enter y when a 1 must be dialed before all 10-digit NANP calls.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 802 Locations 17 Locations Use the Locations screen to provide daylight savings time displays to users, to set the area code for each location, and to administer different location information for multiple ...

Page 827 - This field must be filled in for each administered location.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 803 Locations 17 Name Timezone Offest Timezone offset is actually 3 fields (+/-, hour, and minute) that specify how much time each location differs from the system time. This field must be completed for eac...

Page 828 - Number Plan Area Code; Enter the 3-digit numbering plan area code for each location.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 804 Login Administration 17 Number Plan Area Code Login Administration When your DEFINITY ECS is delivered, one customer super-user login and password combination is already defined. You must administer add...

Page 829 - Password of Login Making Change

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 805 Login Administration 17 Password of Login Making Change You can make changes to any login with permissions less than your own. You must enter your password to save any changes you make to this screen. L...

Page 830 - Access to INADS Port

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 806 Login Administration 17 Access to INADS Port This field only appears when the Customer Access to INADS Port field is set to y on the Maintenance-Related System-Parameters screen. Login’s Password Passwo...

Page 831 - Remote Access Notification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 807 Login Administration 17 Facility Test Call Notification — Acknowledgment Required Remote Access Notification For security, this field should be set to y for all logins. Remote Access Notification — Ackn...

Page 832 - Access Security Gateway Login Administration; Blocked

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 808 Login Administration 17 Screen 159. Access Security Gateway Login Administration Blocked Setting the Blocked field to y does not remove the login ID from the system. System Generated Secret Key Secret K...

Page 833 - Expiration Date

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 809 Login Administration 17 Expiration Date Expiration of the login ID occurs at 23:59:59 of the entered date. This field consists of three fields separated by forward slashes (for example, 01/01/1999). Exp...

Page 834 - Restrict From Time and Restrict to Time

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 810 Loudspeaker Paging 17 Restrict From Time and Restrict to Time These two fields are separated by colons, for example, hh:mm where hh = hour and mm = minute. Periods that span an interval that crosses a d...

Page 836 - Voice Paging — TAC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 812 Loudspeaker Paging 17 Voice Paging — TAC This field assigns a Trunk Access Code (TAC) to a paging zone. Users dial this code to make a page to a specific zone. One TAC must be assigned to each zone you ...

Page 837 - Code Calling — COR; ‘‘Setting up voice paging over loudspeakers’’ on page 375

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 813 Mode Code Related System Parameters 17 Code Calling — COR This field assigns a Class of Restriction to a paging zone. Code Calling — TN Location Related topics Refer to ‘‘Setting up voice paging over lo...

Page 840 - OFF

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 816 Mode Code Related System Parameters 17 OFF Sending Delay VMS Hunt Group Extension A check is made to verify that a valid hunt group extension is entered, but a check is not made to verify that the hunt ...

Page 841 - Modem Pool Group; Modem Pool Group — Integrated screen if Group Type is integrated

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 817 Modem Pool Group 17 Modem Pool Group There are two types of conversion resources for Modem Pooling. The first type, an integrated conversion resource, is a circuit pack that emulates a Trunk Data Module...

Page 842 - This field designates what physical model pool you are going to.; Receiver Responds to Remote Loop; This field appears only when the Group Type field is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 818 Modem Pool Group 17 Screen 163. Modem Pool Group — Combined screen if Group Type is combined Group Number A display-only field when the screen is accessed using an administration command such as add or ...

Page 843 - Modem Name

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 819 Modem Pool Group 17 Modem Name Indicates the name of the modem pool. This field appears only when the Group Type field is combined . Hold Time (min) Enter the maximum number of minutes that a conversion...

Page 845 - Speed; are optional on “integrated” conversion resource

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 821 Modem Pool Group 17 Speed Enter the communication speed in bits per second of the conversion resources in the group. Enter one to three speeds separated by slashes (for example, 300/1200/2400) to indica...

Page 846 - Circuit Pack Location; PORT PAIR ASSIGNMENTS; Analog Digital

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 822 Modem Pool Group 17 Circuit Pack Location Enter the port associated with the conversion resource on the integrated modem pool circuit pack. For example, 01A0612 is in cabinet 01, carrier A, slot 06, and...

Page 848 - Incoming Call Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 824 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Incoming Call Type This field defines the signal type that a CO uses to place an incoming call to the PBX. ANI Prefix This field appears only when O...

Page 849 - NI for PBX

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 825 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 A NI for PBX This field appears only when Outgoing Call Type is group-ii-mfc or mfe . MFE Type This field only appears when Incoming Call Type is mf...

Page 850 - Test Call Extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 826 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Test Call Extension Interdigit Timer (sec) Specify the maximum number of seconds the switch will wait for the first forward signal (digit) to arrive...

Page 851 - Outgoing Forward Signal Present Timer (sec)

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 827 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Outgoing Forward Signal Present Timer (sec) This field appears only when the value of Outgoing Call Type is group-ii-mfc . Outgoing Forward Signal A...

Page 852 - Collect All Digits Before Seizure

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 828 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Private Group II Permissions and Public Interworking Convert First Digit End-of-ANI To Collect All Digits Before Seizure This field appears only whe...

Page 853 - Group II Called Party Category

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 829 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Forward Cycle Timer (sec) This field appears only if Incoming Call Type is mfe and Outgoing Call Type is mfe or none. Backward Cycle Timer (sec) Thi...

Page 854 - Use COR for Calling Party Category; This field applies only to calls made from DEFINITY ECS.; Use the calling facility’s COR to determine category.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 830 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Note: For India, the ANI can be requested without the call category information. Use COR for Calling Party Category Indicates the category to send w...

Page 855 - Multifrequency-Signaling-Related Parameters screen; Request Call Category at Start of Call; If

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 831 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Screen 165. Multifrequency-Signaling-Related Parameters screen Request Call Category at Start of Call Indicates that the Send-ANI backward signal re...

Page 856 - Number of Incoming ANI Digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 832 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Number of Incoming ANI Digits Number of Outgoing ANI Digits This field applies to Russian shuttle trunks, and MFC and MFE trunks. Truncate Station N...

Page 857 - Address Digits Include End-of-Digits Signal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 833 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Address Digits Include End-of-Digits Signal Indicates that an outgoing forward Group I end-of-digit signal is always sent after completion of addres...

Page 858 - ANI Not Available; Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 834 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 ANI Not Available You must enter a value if the ANI for PBX field is blank Field descriptions for page 3 The fields shown on Page 3 of the Multifreq...

Page 859 - ones from CO on Incoming Forward Calls —; Message codes 1 to 15 display. Assign a meaning to each code.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 835 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 T ones from CO on Incoming Forward Calls — Group I Message codes 11 to 15 display. (Numbers 1 through 10 are assigned to the digits of the destinati...

Page 860 - ones to CO on Incoming Backward Calls —; for more information.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 836 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Tones from CO on Incoming Forward Calls — Group I Message codes 11 to 15 display. (Numbers 1 through 10 are assigned to the digits of the destinatio...

Page 861 - Assign a meaning to each code. Refer to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 837 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Screen 167. Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters screen Tones to CO on Outgoing Forward Calls — Group I Message codes 11 to 15 appear....

Page 863 - Group I signals

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 839 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 Tones from CO on Outgoing Backward Calls — Group B Message codes between 1 and 15 display. Assign a meaning to each code. Refer to ‘‘Definitions of ...

Page 864 - ignored

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 840 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 end-of-dial This signal is used when open numbering is used on DID calls. The CO sends this signal to indicate the end-of-dial digits and the switch...

Page 865 - drop

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 841 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 busy-rt-attd If the switch receives this signal on DID calls, the call terminates at an attendant if the called extension is busy or at the called e...

Page 866 - Group A signals

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 842 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 toll-operator This signal, used in China, is treated as a normal subscriber signal. See the normal definition. Group A signals Group A signals are b...

Page 867 - restart

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 843 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 last-2-digits The switch sends this signal to adjust the outpulsing pointer so that the last 3 digits can be resent. This signal is used on DOD call...

Page 868 - free; If the station’s COR has MF Incoming Call Trace set to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 844 Multifrequency-Signaling-Related System Parameters 17 free This signal indicates that the called party is idle. On DID calls, the signal is sent to the CO to indicate that the called party is idle and t...

Page 869 - system, which does not require such a license,; Music Sources; Source

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 845 Music Sources 17 Music Sources This screen defines music sources for Tenant Partitions. Each music source defined on the screen can be used by one or more Tenant Partitions. However, a partition may hav...

Page 870 - Packet Gateway Board

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 846 Packet Gateway Board 17 Type If you entered a value in Music/Tone on Hold on the Feature-Related System Parameters screen, that value will appear in this field. Port Enter the auxiliary trunk or analog ...

Page 871 - The PGATE screen is used with G3r configurations.; Enter the slot location of the PGATE circuit pack.; cabinet (Maximum value varies according to switch type)

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 847 Packet Gateway Board 17 NOTE: The PGATE screen is used with G3r configurations. Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 169. Packet Gateway Board Board Location Enter the slot location of the PGATE circuit...

Page 872 - Personal CO Line Group; node; Designates node number routing; Blocks the call

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 848 Partition Route Table 17 Partition Route Table Use this table to identify routing for partition groups associated with an ARS analysis entry. Screen 170. Partition Route Table PGN 1 (through PGN 8) Ente...

Page 873 - Analog Loss Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 849 Personal CO Line Group 17 Screen 171. Personal CO Line Group The following fields are unique to this screen. Analog Loss Group This field determines which administered 2-party row in the loss plan appli...

Page 874 - Digital Loss Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 850 Personal CO Line Group 17 Digital Loss Group This field determines which administered 2-party row in the loss plan applies to this trunk group if the call is carried over a digital signaling port in the...

Page 875 - ‘‘Trunk Group’’ on page 967; ‘‘Adding a PCOL trunk group’’ on page 345

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 851 Personal CO Line Group 17 Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 172. Personal CO Line Group Ext This display-only field shows the extension of phones that have a CO Line button. Name This display-only fi...

Page 876 - Field descriptions for pages 1 and 2; Enter a Pickup Group number when completing a paper screen.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 852 Pickup Group 17 Pickup Group This screen implements call pickup groups with up to 50 extensions per group. A pickup group is a group of users authorized to answer calls to a phone extension within that ...

Page 877 - This field appears only when the Group Call Pickup field is set to; Enter the extension assigned to a station.; PRI Endpoint; Enter the extended group number or blank.; A VDN cannot be assigned to a Call Pickup group.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 853 PRI Endpoint 17 Extended Group Number This field appears only when the Group Call Pickup field is set to flexible on the Feature-Related System Parameters screen. The extended group is a collection of p...

Page 879 - Width

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 855 PRI Endpoint 17 Width Enter the number of adjacent DS0 ports beginning with the specified Starting Port, that make up the PRI Endpoint.This field cannot be blank. Originating Auto Restoration Signaling ...

Page 880 - Simultaneous Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 856 PRI Endpoint 17 TN Simultaneous Calls Maintenance Tests H0 H11 Valid entries Usage 1 – 20 Enter the Tenant Partition number. Valid entries Usage y/n Enter y to specify that multiple simultaneous calls c...

Page 882 - To ensure the security of your system, consider the following:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 858 Remote Access 17 ! SECURITY ALERT: Lucent Technologies designed the Remote Access feature incorporated in this product that, when properly administered by the customer, enables the customer to minimize ...

Page 884 - Remote Access Status; Remote Access Extension; Assign a barrier code length of 7 to provide maximum security.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 860 Remote Access 17 Screen 176. Remote Access Status Remote Access Extension The remote access extension is used as if it was a DID extension. Only one DID extension can be assigned as the remote access ex...

Page 885 - Authorization Code Required

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 861 Remote Access 17 Authorization Code Required When you use an authorization code in conjunction with a barrier codes it increases the security of the Remote Access feature. Remote Access Dial Tone Set th...

Page 887 - Permanently Disable; ‘‘Setting up remote access’’ on page 297

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 863 Remote Call Coverage Table 17 Permanently Disable Reactivation of remote access to the interface requires Lucent Services intervention. Disable Following a Security Violation This field appears on the s...

Page 888 - RHNPA Table

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 864 RHNPA Table 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 177. Remote Call Coverage Table RHNPA Table The RHNPA Table defines route patterns for specific 3-digit codes, usually direct distance dialing (DDD) p...

Page 889 - RHNPA TABLE

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 865 Route Pattern 17 RHNPA TABLE CODE Enter the desired 100-block, for example 000 through 099 or 900 through 999. A separate screen is required for each 100-block. Pattern Choices Code-Pattern Choice Assig...

Page 890 - Pattern Number; Displays the route pattern number (; Grp No; Identifies the services and features used to complete a call.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 866 Route Pattern 17 Screen 179. Route Pattern Pattern Number Displays the route pattern number ( 1 to 640 ). Grp No FRL ! SECURITY ALERT: For system security reasons, Lucent recommends using the most restr...

Page 891 - NPA

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 867 Route Pattern 17 NPA This entry is not required for AAR. Prefix Mark This entry is not required for AAR. For ARS, enter a number from 0 to 4 or blank. Prefix Marks set the requirements for sending a pre...

Page 892 - Hop Lmt

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 868 Route Pattern 17 Hop Lmt Enter the number of hops for each preference. A hop is when a call tandems through a switch to another destination. Limiting the number of hops prevents circular hunting, which ...

Page 893 - Inserted Digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 869 Route Pattern 17 No. Del. Digits Use this field to modify the dialed number so an AAR or ARS call routes over different trunk groups that terminate in switches with different dial plans Inserted Digits ...

Page 894 - IXC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 870 Route Pattern 17 IXC Inter-Exchange Carrier (IXC) identifies the carrier, such as AT&T, used for calls that route via an IXC, and for Call Detail Recording (CDR). This field appears when the ISDN-PR...

Page 896 - BCIE (Bearer Capability Information Element)

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 872 Route Pattern 17 BCIE (Bearer Capability Information Element) Use BCIE to determine how to create the ITC codepoint in the setup message. This field applies to ISDN trunks and appears if ITC is both . S...

Page 897 - This field appears when the ISDN-PRI or ISDN-BRI Trunks field is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 873 Route Pattern 17 subaddress information element (IE). At the receiving end, the call terminates to the user indicated by the subaddress number instead of the attendant. Administrable when, on the System...

Page 898 - LAR; Digit

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 874 Second Digit Table 17 LAR Enter the routing-preference for Look Ahead Routing. Second Digit Table You must complete the Second Digit Table each time you enter misc in the digit length of 1 column on the...

Page 899 - Identification; ‘‘Security violations notification’’ on page 1479

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 875 Security-Related System Parameters 17 Identification Number of Digits This field tells the system how many digits to collect if the first and second digits match. Enter the length of the dialed number. ...

Page 900 - Originating Extension; Set to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 876 Security-Related System Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 181. Security-Related System Parameters SVN Login (Remote Access, AutoStation Security Code, Violation Notification Enabled Ori...

Page 901 - Referral Destination; An extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 877 Security-Related System Parameters 17 Referral Destination The referral destination receives the referral call when a security violation occurs. The referral destination telephone must have a display, u...

Page 902 - Announcement Extension; Security-Related System Parameters for G3r; Valid extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 878 Security-Related System Parameters 17 Announcement Extension If you enter a value in this field, the switch calls the referral destination, then plays this announcement upon answer. SVN Remote Access Vi...

Page 903 - Security-Related System Parameters for G3si and G3csi; here; Minimum Station Security Code Length

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 879 Security-Related System Parameters 17 Screen 183. Security-Related System Parameters for G3si and G3csi SVN Station Security Code Violation Notification Enabled Station Security codes are used to valida...

Page 904 - Access Security Gateway Parameters; The following 4 fields display only for the G3r version:; MAINT

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 880 Security-Related System Parameters 17 Access Security Gateway Parameters These eight fields appear only if the Access Security Gateway (ASG) field on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen is y ....

Page 905 - The following fields display only for the G3si and G3csi versions:; INADS; A direct connection to the Expansion Port Network.; NET

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 881 Security-Related System Parameters 17 The following fields display only for the G3si and G3csi versions: MGR1 The direct connect system administration and maintenance access interface located on the pro...

Page 906 - Site Data; Field descriptions for pages 1, 2 and 3

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 882 Site Data 17 card. Following expiration of this interval, the ability to execute system administration commands that modify translation data is denied for all logins, except for init. Site Data Use this...

Page 909 - Active Station Ringing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 885 Station 17 Active Station Ringing Defines how call rings to the phone when it is off-hook. This field does not affect how calls ring at this phone when the phone is on-hook. Adjunct Supervision Adjunct ...

Page 910 - Att. Call Waiting Indication

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 886 Station 17 Att. Call Waiting Indication Attendant call waiting allows attendant-originated or attendant-extended calls to a busy single-line phone to wait and sends distinctive call-waiting tone to the ...

Page 911 - Auto Select Any Idle Appearance; ‘‘Generalized route selection’’ on page 1340; Bridged Call Alerting; ‘‘Site Data’’ on page 882

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 887 Station 17 Auto Select Any Idle Appearance BCC Appears when ISDN-PRI or ISDN-BRI Trunks is enabled on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen. Display-only field set to 0 for stations (that is, in...

Page 912 - Button Assignments; Cable; neon; Call Waiting Indication

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 888 Station 17 Button Assignments Enter the abbreviated software name to assign a feature button. For a list of feature buttons, refer to ‘‘Telephone feature buttons’’ on page 58 . NOTE: If you want to use ...

Page 913 - CDR Privacy; etsi; Japan

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 889 Station 17 CDR Privacy This option allows digits in the called number field of an outgoing call record to be blanked, on a per-station basis. You administer the number of blocked digits system-wide in t...

Page 914 - Coverage Msg Retrieval; ‘‘System Parameters Call Coverage /

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 890 Station 17 Coverage After Forwarding This field governs whether an unanswered forwarded call is provided coverage treatment. Coverage Msg Retrieval Applies if the phone is enabled for LWC Reception. Cov...

Page 916 - Display Cartridge; ‘‘Hospitality’’

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 892 Station 17 Display Cartridge For 7404 D phones only. Enter y to indicate there is a display cartridge associated with the station. This displays an additional page to allow you to assign display buttons...

Page 917 - Distinctive Audible Alert

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 893 Station 17 Distinctive Audible Alert Endpt ID Appears only if Endpt Init is y . Enter a unique 2-digit number ( 00 – 62 ) for this endpoint. Each Endpt ID field must have a unique value for each endpoin...

Page 918 - Event Minimization

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 894 Station 17 Event Minimization Allows you to minimize events sent on a link. This field appears only if you set Type to asai . Expansion Module Extension Displays the extension for this station—this is e...

Page 919 - Floor; Enter a valid floor location. See; Headset; HOT LINE DESTINATION — Dial Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 895 Station 17 Floor Enter a valid floor location. See ‘‘Translation-ID Number Mismatch Interval (days)’’ on page 881 for valid entries. H.320 Conversion Allows H.320 compliant calls made to this phone to b...

Page 920 - Idle Appearance Preference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 896 Station 17 Hunt-to Station Enter the extension the system should hunt to for this phone when the phone is busy. This field allows you to create a station hunting chain (by assigning a hunt-to station to...

Page 921 - Lock Messages

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 897 Station 17 ITC (Information Transfer Capability) Indicates the type of transmission facilities to be used for ISDN calls originated from this endpoint. The field does not display for voice-only or BRI s...

Page 922 - LWC Log External Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 898 Station 17 LWC Log External Calls Appears only where the LWC Reception field is available. When an external call is not answered, the switch keeps a record of up to 15 calls (provided information on the...

Page 923 - Message Lamp Ext

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 899 Station 17 Message Lamp Ext Enter the extension of the station you want to track with the message waiting lamp. This field appears only when Type is 7101A , 7103A , 8110 , or VRU . Message Server Name S...

Page 925 - PCOL/TEG Call Alerting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 901 Station 17 PCOL/TEG Call Alerting Appears only for 510 telephones. Per Button Ring Control Personalized Ringing Pattern Personalized Ringing allows users of some telephones to have one of 8 ringing patt...

Page 926 - Per Station CPN - Send Calling Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 902 Station 17 Per Station CPN - Send Calling Number Port Enter 7 characters to specify a port, or an x. If this extension is registered as an IP softphone endpoint, this field will display S00000. For DCP ...

Page 927 - R Balance Network

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 903 Station 17 — One of the users on the port has B-channel voice and B-channel data capability. — One of the users on the port has no SPID assigned, which includes telephones that have no SPID initializati...

Page 928 - Restrict Last Appearance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 904 Station 17 Restrict Last Appearance Room Security Code Enter the security code required by users for specific system features and functions, including Personal Station Access, Redirection of Calls Cover...

Page 929 - Enter a valid set color as defined in the; for busy call center agents and other users who

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 905 Station 17 Service Link Mode The service link is the combined hardware and software multimedia connection between an Enhanced mode complex’s H.320 DVC system and the DEFINITY ECS which terminates the H....

Page 930 - Speakerphone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 906 Station 17 Speakerphone This field controls the behavior of speakerphones for the 6400-series and 8400-series phones. Special Character for Restricted Number Appears when the Type field is asai and, on ...

Page 931 - Switchhook Flash

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 907 Station 17 The SPID is a numeric string, which means that the value of 00 is different from 000. The SPID must be different for all terminals on the BRI and from the Service SPID. The SPID should always...

Page 932 - telephones; Analog phone w/Caller ID

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 908 Station 17 Table 12 lists the telephones and personal computers that you can administer on the DEFINITY ECS. To administer telephones that are not in the table, use the Alias Station screen. Table 12. t...

Page 933 - Multiappearance digital; telephones —; Telephone type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 909 Station 17 7315H 7315H 7316H 7316H 7317H 7317H Multiappearance digital 6402 6402 6402D 6402D 6408 6408 6408+ 6408+ 6408D 6408D 6408D+ 6408D+ 6416D+ 6416D+ 6424D+ 6424D+ 7401D 7401D 7401+ 7401+ 7403D 740...

Page 935 - System-Parameters — Call Coverage / Call Forwarding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 911 System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 17 XID Appears only for an ISDN-BRI data module or an ASAI link. Used to identify Layer 2 XID testing capability. System Parameters Call Coverage / Call...

Page 936 - This field specifies:; button during this time interval.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 912 System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 17 Local Cvg Subsequent Redirection/CFWD No Ans Interval (rings) This field specifies: ■ the number of rings applied at a local coverage point before a ...

Page 937 - Keep Held SBA at Coverage Point; This field appears only if one of the following is true:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 913 System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 17 Threshold for Blocking Off-Net Redirection of Incoming Trunk Calls This field applies for those occasions when an incoming call to a station redirect...

Page 938 - Maintain SBA At Principal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 914 System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 17 ■ The Value-Added Lucent (VALU) field on the System Parameters Customer Options, Page 6, screen is y . This field pertains only to CCRON and QSIG VAL...

Page 939 - Station Hunt Before Coverage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 915 System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 17 QSIG VALU Coverage Overrides QSIG Diversion with Rerouting This field specifies whether, with both QSIG Diversion with Rerouting and QSIG VALU turned...

Page 940 - Coverage After Forwarding; to administer this field.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 916 System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 17 Coverage After Forwarding This field governs whether an unanswered forwarded call is provided coverage treatment. Field descriptions for page 2 Scree...

Page 941 - Ignore Network Answer Supervision; . An unfortunate consequence is that a short cut-through delay; Treat network answer supervision as a true answer.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 917 System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding 17 When the system redirects a call off-net at the final coverage point in a coverage path, the system can apply no further coverage treatment even if t...

Page 942 - System Parameters Country-Options; Country code table

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 918 System Parameters Country-Options 17 Disable call classifier for CCRON over ISDN trunks When a CCRON call routes offnet over ISDN end-to-end facilities, no call classifier is attached to the call. If, s...

Page 944 - Companding Mode

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 920 System Parameters Country-Options 17 Companding Mode Identifies the companding algorithm to be used by system hardware. Base Tone Generation Set The country code identifies the base tone generation set ...

Page 945 - Analog Ringing Cadence

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 921 System Parameters Country-Options 17 Analog Ringing Cadence The country code identifies the ringing cadence to be used by analog phones in the system. Set Layer 1 timer T1 to 30 seconds Analog Line Tran...

Page 946 - Disconnect on No Answer by Call Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 922 System Parameters Country-Options 17 Disconnect on No Answer by Call Type Drops outgoing trunk calls (except DCS and AAR) that users leave unanswered too long. Tone Detection Mode The country code speci...

Page 947 - Identifies the variable digital loss values.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 923 System Parameters Country-Options 17 Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 190. System Parameters Country-Options Digital Loss Plan Provides the default values for digital loss plan and n-party conferenc...

Page 948 - Digital Tone Plan; Refer to the; Enables customization on the 2-party loss table.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 924 System Parameters Country-Options 17 Field descriptions for page 3 Screen 191. System Parameters Country-Options Digital Tone Plan Provides the default values for tone loss for the selected country. Cus...

Page 949 - Identifies the variable digital tone values.; Field descriptions for pages 4–7

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 925 System Parameters Country-Options 17 End-to-End total loss (dB) in a n-party conference Provides total loss for a conference call with the designated number of parties. FROM / TO Identifies the variable...

Page 950 - Tone Name; Identifies the number of each tone cadence step.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 926 System Parameters Country-Options 17 Tone Name Each entry uses one of the keywords below to indicate which of the individually administrable tones this screen modifies. This field (with its associated T...

Page 952 - Step

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 928 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Duration (msec) There is one dynamic Duration field associated with each of the 15 Tone (Frequency/Level) fields on each screen page. Initially, when Tone is blank,...

Page 953 - G3 Version; Identifies the version of DEFINITY ECS being used.; Maximum Ports; Appears when the H.323 Trunks field is; Maximum H.323 Stations; Appears when the IP Stations field is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 929 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 G3 Version Identifies the version of DEFINITY ECS being used. Maximum Ports Number of ports active, per contract. Location Indicates the location of this switch. 1 ...

Page 954 - Maximum IP SoftPhones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 930 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Maximum IP SoftPhones Appears when the IP Stations field is y . Specifies the maximum number of IP SoftPhone stations that may be administered. Field descriptions f...

Page 955 - if the system

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 931 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 A/D Grp/Sys List Dialing Start at 01 Allows you to number Abbreviated Dialing group or system lists starting with 01, rather than simply 1. This allows DEFINITY ECS...

Page 956 - ATMS; CAS Main

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 932 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Asynch. Transfer Mode (ATM) PNC With this configuration, the processor port network (PPN) is to be connected to expansion port networks (EPNs) via an ATM switch. As...

Page 957 - Change COR by FAC; To invoke DCS with Rerouting; To set value to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 933 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 locations (main and branch). Each branch location switches all of its incoming calls to the centralized attendant positions over release link trunks (RLTs). The cal...

Page 958 - Allows you to customize the digital loss and digital tone plans.; Allows you to make specific changes.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 934 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Digital Loss Plan Modification Allows you to customize the digital loss and digital tone plans. DS1 MSP Provides the ability to change fields on DS1 circuit pack sc...

Page 960 - Controls permission to administer H.323 trunks.; IP Stations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 936 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Hospitality (G3V3 Enhancements) Software required for Property Management System and Automatic Wakeup. Property Management System Interface activates Forward PMS Me...

Page 961 - Mode Code Interface; AUDIX or other vendors’ voice mail; Multifrequency Signaling; This field only appears on DEFINITY ECS G3r. If set to; Processor and System MSP

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 937 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Mode Code Interface Allows you to use the Mode Code Voice Mail System Interface to connect the switch over a DTMF interface to I NTUITY AUDIX or other vendors’ voic...

Page 962 - Upgrades PNA or ETN software RTU purchased with earlier systems.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 938 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Private Networking Upgrades PNA or ETN software RTU purchased with earlier systems. Restrict Call Forward Off Net The system can monitor the disposition of an off-c...

Page 964 - Displays the call center release installed on the system.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 940 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 BCMS/VuStats LoginIDs Allows you to administer valid agent login IDs to monitor call activity by agent. This feature can be used when EAS is not optioned, or in add...

Page 965 - Allows agents to request additional calls when active on a call.; Reason Codes; Provides basic call vectoring capability.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 941 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Lookahead Interflow (LAI) Provides Look-Ahead Interflow to balance the load of ACD calls across multiple locations. Multiple Call Handling (On Request) Allows agent...

Page 966 - Provides for ANI and II-Digits vector routing.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 942 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Vectoring (Prompting) Allows flexible handling of incoming calls based on information collected from the calling party or from an ISDN-PRI message. Vectoring (G3V4 ...

Page 967 - VDN of Origin Announcement; Allows you to present BCMS statistics on phone displays.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 943 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Field descriptions for page 5 Screen 196. System Parameters Customer-Options VDN of Origin Announcement Provides a short voice message to an agent indicating the ci...

Page 968 - Logged-In CentreVu Advocate Agents; Appears when the CentreVu Advocate field is; . Provides the following QSIG Supplementary Services:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 944 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 The limit applies to ACD agents on ACD and EAS calls. Auto-Available Split (AAS) agent ports are counted when they are assigned. AAS split or skill members are also...

Page 969 - Interworking with DCS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 945 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 ■ Support of Notification Information Elements for interworking between QSIG and non-QSIG tandemed connections ■ Call Forwarding (Diversion) by forward switching. N...

Page 970 - Value Added Lucent; ASAI Capability Groups; Adjunct Call Control

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 946 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Value Added Lucent Provides additional QSIG functionality, including the ability to send and display calling party information during call alerting. See DEFINITY EC...

Page 971 - Request Feature; CallVisor ASAI Optional Features

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 947 System Parameters Customer-Options 17 Request Feature Allows the associated adjunct to request features such as change work modes, login, logout, sac, and fwd. Set Value Allows the adjunct to request st...

Page 972 - Selective Listening; You must logoff and login to effect the permission changes.; System Parameters OCM Call Classification screen; Enable predictive dialing in the switch.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 948 System Parameters OCM Call Classification 17 Selective Listening Consists of two capabilities, Third Party Listen Disconnect and Third Party Listen Reconnect. Listen Disconnect allows the adjunct to dis...

Page 973 - USA Default Algorithm

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 949 System Parameters OCM Call Classification 17 Global Classifier Adjustment (dB) Enter a number to specify the dB loss adjustment. USA Default Algorithm USA SIT Algorithm Field descriptions for page 2 Scr...

Page 974 - Indicates a continuous tone. If you enter

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 950 System Parameters OCM Call Classification 17 Tone Name Instance Enter the instance number of the tone. If the system identifies a tone that matches the characteristics defined on more than one page of t...

Page 975 - Duration Maximum; Specifies the upper limit in milliseconds of the tone duration.; Telecommuting Access; Telecommuting Access Extension; Enter in increments of 25 msec.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 951 Telecommuting Access 17 Duration Maximum Specifies the upper limit in milliseconds of the tone duration. NOTE: On the Feature-Related System Parameters screen, set the Off-Premises Tone Detect Timeout I...

Page 976 - See; This required information relates a tenant to an attendant group.; DEFINITY ECS System Description, for your system’s

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 952 Tenant 17 See ‘‘Tenant Partitioning’’ on page 1536 for more information. Field descriptions for page 1 Screen 201. Tenant Tenant This is a display only field. It contains the tenant number that you ente...

Page 977 - This field appears only if you entered an; If you entered an

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 953 Tenant 17 Ext Alert Port (TAAS) Ext Alert (TAAS) Extension This field appears only if you entered an X in Ext Alert Port (TAAS). Night Destination Music Source Valid entries Usage A valid port address o...

Page 978 - Terminal Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 954 Terminal Parameters 17 Field descriptions for page 2 Screen 202. Tenant Tenant This is a display only field. It contains the tenant number that you entered on the command line. Calling permissions The s...

Page 979 - 400-Series Terminal Parameters; * This field appears only if Customize Parameters is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 955 Terminal Parameters 17 Screen 203. 8400-Series Terminal Parameters * This field appears only if Customize Parameters is y . Screen 204. 603/302B1 Terminal Parameters change terminal-parameters 8400 Page...

Page 980 - 400 Type Terminal Parameters; Default Parameter Set; ‘‘System Parameters; Customize Parameters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 956 Terminal Parameters 17 Screen 205. 6400 Type Terminal Parameters Default Parameter Set Determines which default set of telephone options and levels will be used. This field corresponds to the country co...

Page 981 - Display Mode

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 957 Terminal Parameters 17 Display Mode Determines how the #) and ~ characters appear on the 603 phone’s display.This field only appears if Customize Parameters is y . DLI Voltage Level Determines whether D...

Page 982 - Determines the touchtone volume fed outbound from the telephone.; Adjunct levels; Determines the volume of voice outbound from the adjunct.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 958 Terminal Parameters 17 Voice Sidetone (dB) Determines the volume of voice fed back from the handset voice microphone to the user’s ear. Touch Tone Sidetone (dB) Determines the touchtone volume fed back ...

Page 983 - Terminating Extension Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 959 Terminating Extension Group 17 Terminating Extension Group This screen defines a Terminating Extension Group (TEG). Any phone can be assigned as a TEG member; however, only a multi-appearance phone can ...

Page 984 - Group Extension

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 960 Terminating Extension Group 17 Group Extension Enter the extension of the terminating extension group. Group Name Enter the name used to identify the terminating extension group. Coverage Path Enter a n...

Page 985 - ISDN Caller Disp

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 961 Terminating Extension Group 17 ISDN Caller Disp This field is required if, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen, the ISDN-PRI or ISDN-BRI Trunks field is y . LWC Reception Defines the source...

Page 986 - Messaging Server Name; Unique identifiers for messaging server equipment.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 962 Time of Day Coverage Table 17 Messaging Server Name Name of the server as it appears in the Node Names screen. Only appears for G3r configurations. Group Member Assignments — Ext Enter the extension num...

Page 988 - Time Of Day Routing Plan; Identifies the route pattern for activation time listed.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 964 Toll Analysis 17 System-Parameters Customer-Options screen before you can use Time of Day Routing. Screen 208. Time Of Day Routing Plan Time of Day Routing Plan Displays the Time of Day Routing Plan num...

Page 991 - CDR FEAC; ‘‘ISDN trunk

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 967 Trunk Group 17 CDR FEAC Unrestricted Call List Trunk Group Use the Trunk Group screen to set basic characteristics for every type of trunk group and to assign ports to the group. This section lists and ...

Page 992 - . This screen is only an example, and the; Tie Trunk Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 968 Trunk Group 17 Field descriptions for page 1 The figure below shows a common configuration for page 1 of the Trunk Group screen when the Group Type field is tie . This screen is only an example, and the...

Page 994 - ISDN

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 970 Trunk Group 17 ISDN Use ISDN trunks when you need digital trunks that can integrate voice, data, and video signals and provide the bandwidth needed for applications such as high-speed data transfer and ...

Page 995 - CDR Reports; Calls over this trunk group will not generate call detail records.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 971 Trunk Group 17 CDR Reports NOTE: For ISDN trunk groups, the Charge Advice field affects CDR information. For CO, DIOD, FX, and WATS trunk groups, the Analog PPM field affects CDR information. Group Name...

Page 997 - Protocol Type; This field appears for all trunk groups except DID and CPE.; Outgoing Display; Displays the trunk group name and number.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 973 Trunk Group 17 Protocol Type This field specifies the type of line signaling protocol used for DID and DIOD trunk groups. This field appears when the Country field is 15 and is used only by trunk group ...

Page 998 - Trunk Signaling Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 974 Trunk Group 17 Trunk Signaling Type This field controls the signaling used by members in private network trunk groups, mainly in Italy, Brazil, and Hungary. This field appears if the Group Type is acces...

Page 999 - Dial Access; . Entries in this field affect which timers appear on the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 975 Trunk Group 17 Dial Access This field controls whether users can route outgoing calls through an outgoing or two-way trunk group by dialing its trunk access code. Allowing dial access does not interfere...

Page 1000 - Busy Threshold

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 976 Trunk Group 17 Busy Threshold Use this field if you want attendants to control access to outgoing and two-way trunk groups during periods of high use. When the threshold is reached and the warning lamp ...

Page 1001 - This field appears when the Direction field is outgoing or two-way.; Country

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 977 Trunk Group 17 placed the original call. The caller will hear 3 short, quick rings. The caller doesn’t need to do anything but pick up the handset and wait: the switch remembers the number the caller di...

Page 1002 - Version

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 978 Trunk Group 17 Version Use this field to adjust the signaling on multi-country CO trunk circuit packs. Entries in this field adjust signaling characteristics on these circuit packs to match the signalin...

Page 1003 - Incoming Destination

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 979 Trunk Group 17 Incoming Destination Use this field to set the destination for all incoming calls on trunk groups such as CO, FX, and WATS that must terminate at a single destination. The destination you...

Page 1004 - Auth Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 980 Trunk Group 17 Auth Code This field affects the level of security for tandemed outgoing calls at your switch. This field appears if the Direction field is incoming or two-way, and it can only be y if th...

Page 1005 - Digit Absorption List

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 981 Trunk Group 17 Digit Absorption List This field assigns a digit absorption list, when used, to a trunk group that terminates at a step-by-step central office. Prefix-1 Use this field for outgoing and tw...

Page 1006 - ITC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 982 Trunk Group 17 ISDN calls. DEFINITY ECS compares the entry in the BCC field to the value of the Bearer Capability information element for the incoming call and routes the call over appropriate facilitie...

Page 1007 - Trunk Type; and the CO trunks must use ports on a TN2199 circuit

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 983 Trunk Group 17 Trunk Type Use this field to control the seizure and start-dial signaling used on this trunk group. Entries in this field vary according to the function of the trunk group and must match ...

Page 1008 - cont

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 984 Trunk Group 17 Trunk Type (in/out) Use this field to control the seizure and start-dial signaling used on this trunk group. The setting of the Trunk Signaling Type field can affect the entries allowed i...

Page 1009 - Outgoing Dial Type; ‘‘Types of address

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 985 Trunk Group 17 Tip: When incoming trunks use the setting immed/immed, the far-end switch seizes the trunk and sends digits without waiting for acknowledgment from the receiving switch. When traffic is h...

Page 1011 - Entering; Incoming Dial Type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 987 Trunk Group 17 ! SECURITY ALERT: Entering y in this field will reduce your ability to prevent toll fraud. Incoming Dial Type Indicates the type of pulses required on an incoming trunk group. Usually, yo...

Page 1013 - Trunk Termination

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 989 Trunk Group 17 . This field appears when the “out” side of the entry in the Trunk Type (in/out) field is …/wink or …/delay and the Group Type is tie , access , aplt , dmi-bos , rlt , or tandem . The set...

Page 1014 - Analog Gain

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 990 Trunk Group 17 End-to-End Signaling Auxiliary equipment such as paging equipment and music sources may be connected to DEFINITY ECS by auxiliary trunks. The switch may send DTMF signals (touch tones) to...

Page 1015 - Digits; how many digits are deleted. If the Digit Treatment field is; Expected Digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 991 Trunk Group 17 NOTE: In a DCS network, DCS features that use the remote-tgs button (on phones at a remote switch) do not work when the incoming trunk group at your switch deletes or inserts digits on in...

Page 1016 - Auto Guard

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 992 Trunk Group 17 Auto Guard This field controls ports only on TN438B, TN465B, and TN2147 circuit packs. TN438B ports have hardware support for detecting a defective trunk. TN465B and TN2147 ports consider...

Page 1018 - Line Length; Send Release Ack

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 994 Trunk Group 17 Line Length This field appears only when the Group Type field is tie and the Trunk Signaling Type field is tge, tgi, or tgu. NOTE: Unless one or more trunk members are administered, the a...

Page 1019 - Extended Loop Range

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 995 Trunk Group 17 Extended Loop Range This field appears only for a DID trunk group and is used only with the TN459A circuit pack. Enter y or n depending on the distance between the central office and the ...

Page 1021 - Disconnect Supervision-In

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 997 Trunk Group 17 NOTE: Even if the trunk group supports full-duplex transmission, other equipment in a circuit may not. Disconnect Supervision-In This field indicates whether the switch receives disconnec...

Page 1022 - Disconnect Supervision-Out; Do not set this field to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 998 Trunk Group 17 Disconnect Supervision-Out This field indicates whether the switch receives disconnect supervision for outgoing calls over this trunk group. It appears when the Direction field is either ...

Page 1023 - Cyclical Hunt

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 999 Trunk Group 17 Cyclical Hunt When a call is offered to a trunk group, the switch searches for an available trunk. This field, which appears when the Direction field is two-way and the Trunk Type field i...

Page 1024 - Receive Answer Supervision

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1000 Trunk Group 17 ceases after the far-end sends answer supervision. If the timer expires, the switch acts as if it had received answer supervision. On senderized operation, the timer begins after the las...

Page 1025 - CO Trunk Group; ACA Assignment; internal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1001 Trunk Group 17 Screen 211. CO Trunk Group ! CAUTION: Customers: Do not change fields on this page without assistance from Lucent Technologies or your network service provider. ACA Assignment Measured I...

Page 1026 - nternal Alert

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1002 Trunk Group 17 Customer-Options screen. If the ATM field is set to y on the System-Parameters Customer-Option screen, this field accepts only internal or none . If this field contains a value other tha...

Page 1028 - Used for DCS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1004 Trunk Group 17 Used for DCS NOTE: This field cannot be activated if the trunk group number is greater than 255 or if the Trunk Access code is more than 3-digits long. If this field is y , you can admin...

Page 1029 - Shuttle

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1005 Trunk Group 17 For DIOD trunks using TN464F (or later release) or TN2464, displays only when the Group Type field is diod and the Trunk Signaling Type field is pulsed , cont , or dis. If a switch gener...

Page 1030 - Charge Conversion; ‘‘Start Position’’

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1006 Trunk Group 17 Charge Conversion DEFINITY ECS multiplies the number of charge units by the value of this field and displays it as a currency amount. If there is no value in this field, DEFINITY ECS dis...

Page 1031 - Currency Symbol; ‘‘Start B Signal’’ on page

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1007 Trunk Group 17 Currency Symbol This field appears for CO, DIOD, FX, and WATS trunk groups when the Direction field is outgoing or two-way . For ISDN trunk groups, it appears when the Charge Advice fiel...

Page 1032 - Receive Analog Incoming Call ID

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1008 Trunk Group 17 Receive Analog Incoming Call ID Your switch stores and displays 15 characters of name and number information associated with an incoming call on analog trunks (ICLID, or incoming call li...

Page 1033 - Per Call CPN Unblocking Code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1009 Trunk Group 17 Per Call CPN Unblocking Code For access, APLT, CO, DIOD, FX, tandem, tie, and WATS trunk groups only. Time (sec) to Drop Call on No Answer This field appears if the Group Type field is c...

Page 1034 - Administrable Timers for Trunk Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1010 Trunk Group 17 Field descriptions for page 3 The figure below shows a common configuration for page 3 of the Trunk Group screen when the Group Type field is co . This screen is only an example, and the...

Page 1035 - Incoming Dial Guard (msec

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1011 Trunk Group 17 Incoming Disconnect (msec) The field appears only for an incoming or two-way trunk group when the Trunk Signaling Type field is either blank or cont . Outgoing Disconnect (msec) Cama Out...

Page 1040 - Glare

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1016 Trunk Group 17 Outgoing Seizure (msec) Appears when the Country field is 15 , the Direction field is outgoing or two-way , and the Trunk Type field is 2-wire-ac , 2-wire-dc , or 3-wire . This timer is ...

Page 1043 - PPS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1019 Trunk Group 17 Pause (msec) THis field is administrable only if the Trunk Signaling Type field is blank. All CO, DIOD, and tie circuit packs that accept administrable timers accept this timer. However,...

Page 1044 - PPM

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1020 Trunk Group 17 Break (msec) PPM For CO, DIOD, FX, PCOL, and WATS trunks. This field appears when the Direction field is outgoing or two-way . Frequency This field identifies the PPM pulse frequency(ies...

Page 1046 - TTL Type; The far-end switch containing the TTL may be any of the following:; 05 without return loss; Type TTL

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1022 Trunk Group 17 TTL Type Specifies the type of terminating test line (TTL) selected for testing trunks. The TTL type determines what ATMS tests can be completed and thus which threshold values need to b...

Page 1047 - All thresholds appear.; TTL Vendor

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1023 Trunk Group 17 ■ System 85 R2 switch, equipped with the Analog/Digital Facility Test Circuit (ADFTC, SN261) ■ DIMENSION FP8, equipped with the Analog Facility Test Circuit (AFTC, ZLC-12) ■ Central Offi...

Page 1048 - Trunk Vendor; Shows the length in kilometers.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1024 Trunk Group 17 Trunk Vendor Trunk Contact Trunk Length This field is not required. Since noise on a trunk increases with the length of the trunk, however, this information may be useful, Marginal Thres...

Page 1049 - Unacceptable Threshold - Min - 1004 Hz Loss

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1025 Trunk Group 17 Unacceptable Threshold - Min - 1004 Hz Loss Unacceptable Threshold - Max - 1004 Hz Loss Marginal Threshold - -Dev - 404 Hz Loss Marginal Threshold - +Dev - 404 Hz Loss Unacceptable Thres...

Page 1052 - Marginal Threshold - Minimum ERL

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1028 Trunk Group 17 Unacceptable Threshold - Minimum SRL-HI Marginal Threshold - Minimum SRL-LO Unacceptable Threshold - Minimum SRL-LO Marginal Threshold - Minimum ERL Unacceptable Threshold - Minimum ERL ...

Page 1053 - Group Member Assignments

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1029 Trunk Group 17 Allow ATMS Busyout, Error Logging and Alarming Maximum Percentage of Trunks Which Can Be Removed From Service by ATMS Field descriptions for page 5 The total number of pages, and the fir...

Page 1054 - Total Administered Members

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1030 Trunk Group 17 Administered Members (min/max) This display-only field shows the minimum and maximum member numbers that have been administered for this trunk group. Total Administered Members This disp...

Page 1057 - ‘‘Managing trunks’’ on page 337

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1033 Vector Directory Number 17 ■ It ignores momentary off-hook signals resulting from connections made off-network through certain No. 5 Crossbar CCSA switches as the connection is being established. There...

Page 1059 - Vector Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1035 Vector Directory Number 17 Vector Number Identification number that specifies a particular call vector that is accessed through the VDN. Attendant Vectoring This field appears only if Attendant Vectori...

Page 1061 - VDN of Origin Annc. Extension; VDN extension Enter the extension number of the VDN of Origin

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1037 Vector Directory Number 17 VDN of Origin Annc. Extension Data for this field appears only when, on the System-Parameters Customer-Options screen, the VDN of Origin Announcement field is y . 1st/2nd/3rd...

Page 1062 - BSR Application

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Screen reference 1038 Vector Directory Number 17 BSR Application To use multi-site Best Service Routing with this VDN, specify an application plan for the VDN. This field only appears if, on the System Parameters Customer-O...

Page 1065 - Action

Command reference 1041 18 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 18 Command reference Use the commands in the tables below to access each administration screen. Brackets [ ] indicate the qualifier is optional. Single quotes (‘ ’) indicate the text inside the quo...

Page 1074 - Daylight Savings Rule

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Command reference 1050 18 Daylight Savings Rule Dial Plan Record Digit Absorption DS1 Circuit Pack Action Object Qualifier change daylight-savings-rules — display daylight-savings-rules [print or schedule] Action Object Qua...

Page 1089 - Phone reference; This section includes descriptions of the following telephones:

Phone reference 1065 19 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 19 Phone reference This reference section describes many of the telephones and adjuncts that you can connect to the DEFINITY ECS. Use this section to: ■ determine where to connect a phone—is it analo...

Page 1090 - CALLMASTER telephones (page; Multibutton electronic telephones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1066 Multibutton electronic telephones 19 ■ 7300-series telephones (page 1075 ) ■ 731x-series hybrid telephones (page 1078 ) ■ 7400-series telephones (page 1083 ) ■ ISDN telephones (7500-series & 8500-se...

Page 1091 - ‘‘Adding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1067 500 telephones 19 500 telephones The 500 telephones are single appearance analog rotary-dial telephones which provides cost-effective service wherever it is located. It provides limited access to featur...

Page 1092 - Ringer volume control

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1068 6200-series telephones 19 Figure 16. The 6210 telephone Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Handset cord jack 3. Flash button 4. Redial button 5. Hold button 6. DATA jack 7. Ringer volume control 8. Message ligh...

Page 1093 - Handset parking tab

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1069 6200-series telephones 19 Figure 17. The 6218 telephone Figure Notes 1. Handset parking tab 2. Handset 3. Program button 4. Handset cord jack 5. Flash button 6. Redial button 7. Hold button 8. Data jack...

Page 1094 - control

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1070 6200-series telephones 19 Figure 18. The 6220 telephone Figure Notes 1. DATA jack 2. Handset 3. Program button 4. Mute button 5. Handset cord jack 6. Handset/speakerphone volume control 7. Flash button ...

Page 1095 - MUTE button, which mutes the handset or speakerphone microphone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1071 6400-series telephones 19 6400-series telephones The 6400-series telephones are DCP 2-wire telephones that work with the DEFINITY ECS. The last two digits of the 6400-series model number identify the nu...

Page 1096 - The 6408 telephone is available in the following four models:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1072 6400-series telephones 19 6408 telephones The 6408 is a multi-appearance digital telephone with eight call appearance/feature buttons. The 6408 telephone is available in the following four models: ■ 640...

Page 1097 - Volume control button

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1073 6400-series telephones 19 NOTE: You can connect an XM24 expansion module to a 6424D+ phone to expand the number of buttons you can assign. However, when the expansion module is connected, you must conne...

Page 1098 - Display control buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1074 6400-series telephones 19 Figure 20. 6408D telephone Figure Notes 1. Display 2. Softkeys 3. Display control buttons 4. Hold 5. Call appearance/feature buttons 6. Message light 7. Tray handle (includes r...

Page 1099 - The 7303H is a 10-button telephone that can be desk or wall mounted.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1075 7100-series telephones 19 7100-series telephones 7101A telephone The 7101A telephone is a single-line analog model that is equipped with a Message Waiting light and a handy Recall button for activating ...

Page 1101 - 0 programmable buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1077 7300-series telephones 19 Figure 21. 7303S telephone Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. 10 programmable buttons

Page 1102 - 31x-series hybrid telephones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1078 731x-series hybrid telephones 19 Figure 22. 7305S telephone 731x-series hybrid telephones You should note that the following restrictions apply to administering hybrid telephones in the system: ■ Hybrid...

Page 1109 - There are three versions of the 7407D telephone:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1085 7400-series telephones 19 The 7406+ telephone (7406D07A and 7406D08A models) has five call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red in-use light and a green status light, three shiftable (2-level) pr...

Page 1112 - programmable buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1088 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 29. 7404D telephone Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. 6 programmable buttons

Page 1114 - 405D telephone with optional function key module

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1090 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 31. 7405D telephone with optional function key module Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. 10 programmable buttons 4. 24 feature buttons 5. Function key module with 24...

Page 1115 - 405D telephone with optional digital display module; Digital display module with 7 display buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1091 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 32. 7405D telephone with optional digital display module Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. Digital display module with 7 display buttons 4. 10 programmable buttons ...

Page 1116 - 405D telephone with optional call coverage module; Call coverage module with 20 coverage module buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1092 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 33. 7405D telephone with optional call coverage module Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. Call coverage module with 20 coverage module buttons and status lamps 4. 10...

Page 1117 - 405D telephone with optional digital terminal data module

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1093 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 34. 7405D telephone with optional digital terminal data module Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. 10 programmable buttons 4. 24 feature buttons 5. Digital terminal d...

Page 1118 - programmable buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1094 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 35. 7406D+ telephone Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. 5 programmable buttons 4. 18 feature buttons (feature buttons F2, F4, and F12 to F18 are enabled with the Shi...

Page 1122 - 434D telephone with optional call coverage module; Call coverage module with 20 coverage module

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1098 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 39. 7434D telephone with optional call coverage module Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. Call coverage module with 20 coverage module buttons and status lamps 4. 10...

Page 1123 - 434D telephone with optional digital display module

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1099 7400-series telephones 19 Figure 40. 7434D telephone with optional digital display module Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. Digital display module with 7 display buttons 4. 10 programmable buttons ...

Page 1126 - programmable buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1102 ISDN telephones (7500s & 8500s) 19 Figure 41. 8503D telephone Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. 3 programmable buttons

Page 1129 - The 8403 can be used in either a 4-wire or 2-wire environment.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1105 8110 telephones 19 8110 telephones The basic 8110 (8110A01A, 8110A01B, and 811A01C) and the modified 8110M (8110A01D) telephones are single-line analog telephones. These telephones are exactly the same ...

Page 1130 - The 8410B is the basic set, without a display.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1106 8400-series telephones 19 8410B telephone The 8410 telephone is a multi-appearance digital telephone with 10 call appearance/feature buttons, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD,...

Page 1136 - CALLMASTER telephones; There are several types of CALLMASTER telephones:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1112 CALLMASTER telephones 19 CALLMASTER telephones There are several types of CALLMASTER telephones: ■ 602A and 602D CALLMASTER The 602 CALLMASTER models have a display, a Message light, a Mute button, and ...

Page 1137 - CALLMASTER II/CALLMASTER III digital telephone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1113 CALLMASTER telephones 19 ■ 607A (CALLMASTER V) The CALLMASTER V model has a display, softkeys, and the display control buttons (Menu, Exit, Previous, and Next). This model does not have a standard hands...

Page 1138 - CALLMASTER IV digital telephone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1114 CALLMASTER telephones 19 Figure 49. CALLMASTER IV digital telephone Figure Notes 1. Handset 2. Dial pad 3. 6 programmable buttons 4. 15 feature buttons 3 DEF 1 4 GHI 7 PRQS 6 MNO 9 WXYZ 2 ABC 5 JKL 8 TU...

Page 1139 - CALLMASTER V digital telephone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1115 CALLMASTER telephones 19 Figure 50. CALLMASTER V digital telephone Figure Notes 1. Dial pad 2. Display 3. 4 softkey buttons 4. 16 call appearance/feature buttons 7 PQRS 3 DEF Speaker Mute Hold Redial Tr...

Page 1140 - Cordless telephones; The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone is part of the TransTalk

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1116 Cordless telephones 19 Cordless telephones MDC9000 cordless telephone The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone has two basic parts, the handset and the charging base. ■ The handset has line/programmable feature/...

Page 1141 - programmable buttons

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1117 Cordless telephones 19 Figure 51. MDC9000 and MDW9000 cordless telephones Figure Notes 1. 6 programmable buttons 2. Dial pad 1. 6 programmable buttons 2. Dial pad

Page 1143 - DEFINITY IP Softphone interface

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1119 DEFINITY Internet Protocol (IP) Softphones 19 DEFINITY Internet Protocol (IP) Softphones DEFINITY IP Softphones extend the level of DEFINITY services. They turn a PC or a laptop into an advanced telepho...

Page 1144 - CentreVu IP Agent interface; Road-warrior application; NetMeeting; Telecommuter application

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1120 DEFINITY Internet Protocol (IP) Softphones 19 Figure 54. CentreVu IP Agent interface Road-warrior application The road-warrior application enables travelers to use DEFINITY ECS features from temporary r...

Page 1145 - ‘‘Adding a DEFINITY IP Softphone’’ on page 52

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Phone reference 1121 DEFINITY Internet Protocol (IP) Softphones 19 not use the IP Softphone interface, this configuration is capable of operating only as a single-line telephone without any additional assigned features. You...

Page 1147 - AAR and ARS partitioning; Use partitioning for:

Features and technical reference 1123 AAR and ARS partitioning 20 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 20 Features and technical reference AAR and ARS partitioning You can use Automatic Alternate Routing (AAR) and Automatic Route Selection (ARS) partitioning t...

Page 1148 - ‘‘Time of Day Routing’’ on page 1553; ‘‘Defining ARS Partitions’’ on page 191

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1124 AAR and ARS partitioning 20 You can assign a route pattern to just one partitioned user group or you can assign a route pattern to all your partitioned user groups. You assign the PGN o...

Page 1149 - AAR/ARS shortcut dialing; Shortcut dialing simplifies dialing in the following ways:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1125 AAR/ARS shortcut dialing 20 AAR/ARS shortcut dialing (Not available with Offer B) Use AAR/ARS shortcut dialing to modify your dial plan and expand the capabilities of automatic routing....

Page 1150 - Displays; ‘‘Malicious Call Trace’’ on page 1421; ‘‘Integrated Directory’’ on page 1501; Emergency numbers

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1126 AAR/ARS shortcut dialing 20 ■ QSIG networks — Providing a 6- to 7-digit private-network dialing plan makes it easier to convert a large DCS network to QSIG. You can implement QSIG netwo...

Page 1151 - AUDIX

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1127 AAR/ARS shortcut dialing 20 ■ AUDIX ■ AUDIX mailboxes allow a maximum of 5 digits when AUDIX is connected to a switch that is not administered as a central office. If an internal extens...

Page 1152 - ‘‘Dial Plan Record’’ on page 593

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1128 AAR/ARS shortcut dialing 20 When a caller dials a CDR account code before the shortcut dialing number, the CDR account code is recorded in CDR. ■ Call Management Systems (CMS) Because t...

Page 1153 - Abbreviated Dialing; List types; personal; Personal lists

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1129 Abbreviated Dialing 20 Abbreviated Dialing Abbreviated Dialing (AD) provides easy access to selected numbers by reducing the number of digits users have to dial to place a call. Instead...

Page 1154 - System lists; Last Number Dialed

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1130 Abbreviated Dialing 20 lists and each user may have access to up to 3 group lists. You can program the list or you can designate a user in each group to program the list. You specify th...

Page 1155 - ‘‘Adding abbreviated dialing lists’’ on page 79; Detailed Description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1131 Access security gateway 20 If the previously-called number was in an AD privileged list, and if the user is not normally allowed to dial the number because of his or her class of restri...

Page 1157 - ‘‘Using access security gateway’’ on page 319; Administered Connections; SDDN

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1133 Administered Connections 20 Related topics Refer to ‘‘Using access security gateway’’ on page 319 for instructions. Administered Connections An Administered Connection (AC) is a connect...

Page 1158 - Originating endpoint is in-service or idle state.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1134 Administered Connections 20 Access endpoints Access endpoints are non-signaling trunk ports. They neither generate signaling to the far-end of the trunk nor respond to signaling from th...

Page 1159 - status administered-connection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1135 Administered Connections 20 AC attempts can fail for the following reasons: ■ Resources are unavailable to route to the destination. ■ A required conversion resource is not available. ■...

Page 1162 - Administrable Language Displays

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1138 Administrable Language Displays 20 ■ Set Time Command When you change the system time via the set time command, all scheduled AC are examined. If the time change causes an active AC to ...

Page 1164 - Alternate facility restriction levels; You can administer an; Authorization codes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1140 Alternate facility restriction levels 20 Alternate facility restriction levels Alternate Facility Restriction Levels (AFRL) allows a second set of facility restriction levels within a r...

Page 1165 - Example of authorization codes with AFRLs; Answer detection; Brief description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1141 Answer detection 20 Example of authorization codes with AFRLs Answer detection For proper call detail recording and accurate billing, you need to know when your outgoing calls are answe...

Page 1166 - Network answer supervision; Call Detail Recording

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1142 Answer detection 20 ■ Some calls that are answered may be incorrectly classified as fast busy signals. ■ Call classifier circuit packs also don’t recognize Special Information Tones (SI...

Page 1167 - Attendant Features

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1143 Attendant Features 20 ■ Call Prompting Call classification competes with Call Prompting for ports on the call classifier circuit pack. ■ CallVisor ASAI Call classification competes with...

Page 1168 - Attendant Call Waiting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1144 Attendant Features 20 Attendant Call Waiting Attendant Call Waiting allows an attendant-originated or attendant-extended call to a busy single-line telephone to wait at the called telep...

Page 1169 - Data Privacy, Data Restriction

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1145 Attendant Features 20 ■ Data Privacy, Data Restriction Activating Data Privacy or Data Restriction at the called telephone denies Attendant Call Waiting. ■ DDC and UCD Calls to a DDC or...

Page 1170 - Authorization Codes; Attendant Direct Extension Selection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1146 Attendant Features 20 ■ Cont (control) lamp Lights when the attendant activates Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access for the associated trunk group. Assign act-tr-grp and deact-tr-g ...

Page 1171 - Enhanced DXS Tracking; Group Display button; Attendant Intrusion

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1147 Attendant Features 20 Enhanced DXS Tracking Enhanced DXS Tracking can help you if you have more than 100 telephones, but you use a console that does not have Hundreds Select buttons adm...

Page 1172 - Attendant Override of Diversion Features; Centralized Attendant Services

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1148 Attendant Features 20 ■ If a call is already call waiting for the intruded party, the source (split from attendant) party cannot wait for the intruded party using Call Waiting. ■ The at...

Page 1173 - Attendant Vectoring; Console

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1149 Attendant Features 20 Attendant Vectoring Attendant Vectoring allows you to establish an attendant vector directory number (VDN) and send attendant group calls through vector processing...

Page 1174 - hc; appears on the attendant display. You can administer either a

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1150 Attendant Features 20 ■ Unanswered DID Call Timer — Specifies how long a DID call can go unanswered before it routes to the administered DID/TIE/ISDN Intercept Treatment. ■ Attendant Re...

Page 1175 - Call Coverage; Visually Impaired Attendant Service; The six VIAS attendant buttons are:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1151 Attendant Features 20 Interactions ■ Call Coverage If a telephone user transfers a call to an on-premises telephone and the call remains unanswered at the expiration of the Timed Remind...

Page 1176 - Audible Message Waiting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1152 Audible Message Waiting 20 ■ Direct Trunk Group Selection Status button: voices the status of an attendant-monitored trunk group. Some changes on the attendant console are automatically...

Page 1177 - Authorization codes may be used to:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1153 Authorization codes 20 NOTE: To maintain system security, Lucent recommends you use authorization codes. Authorization codes may be used to: ■ Override a facility restriction level (FRL...

Page 1178 - For more information, refer to BCS Products Security Handbook.; AAR and ARS Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1154 Authorization codes 20 does not dial an authorization code or dials an incorrect authorization code, the call routes to the attendant, or routes to intercept tone, depending on system a...

Page 1179 - Authorization codes impact calling privileges by:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1155 Authorization codes 20 Extreme care should be taken when administering authorization codes, so that a user does not have to dial the authorization code more than once. For example, if a...

Page 1180 - ‘‘Barrier codes’’ on page 1172

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1156 Authorization codes 20 ■ Incoming trunk calls that require authorization codes do not change user privileges. Interactions ■ AAR/ARS Partitioning Partitioned group numbers are assigned ...

Page 1181 - Automated Attendant; collect digits; route-to command in a prompting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1157 Automated Attendant 20 Refer to ‘‘Route Pattern’’ on page 865 for information concerning the sequence of trunk groups in which an attempt is made to route a call. Refer to ‘‘Remote Acce...

Page 1184 - Automatic callback for busy trunks; — The called party is not available within 30 minutes.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1160 Automatic Callback 20 Automatic callback for busy trunks You can administer your system to call users back if they try to place an outgoing call over a trunk group where all trunks are ...

Page 1186 - Automatic circuit assurance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1162 Automatic circuit assurance 20 ■ DCS Automatic callback operates over a DCS network as if it were on a local switch. ■ Expert Agent Selection Users can’t activate Automatic Callback to ...

Page 1187 - The referral call; The fact that this is an ACA call; The audit trail; Time and date of referral

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1163 Automatic circuit assurance 20 The system records holding time from when a trunk is accessed to when it is released. You set short-holding-time and long-holding-time limits for each tru...

Page 1189 - Automatic Number Identification; Inband Automatic Number Identification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1165 Automatic Number Identification 20 If your switch contains a voice-synthesis board, ACA referral calls are accompanied by an audible message identifying the type of ACA infraction encou...

Page 1190 - Outgoing Automatic Number Identification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1166 Automatic Number Identification 20 Outgoing Automatic Number Identification Outgoing automatic number identification (ANI) applies to outgoing Russian multi-frequency (MF) ANI, R2-MFC A...

Page 1191 - ‘‘Displaying ANI calling party information’’ on page 109; Automatic routing — general

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1167 Automatic routing — general 20 ■ Hunt Groups and Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Splits The phone’s extension and COR is used to determine ANI for a hunt group or ACD split. ■ Multime...

Page 1192 - Automatic Routing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1168 Automatic routing — general 20 Figure 55. Automatic Routing Figure Notes 1. Input from phone, public network trunk, or private network trunk 2. Analyze digits to determine address type ...

Page 1193 - AAR

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1169 Automatic routing — general 20 AAR AAR routes calls over private networks. When a user dials the AAR feature access code (normally 8 in North America) and phone number, AAR selects the ...

Page 1195 - Trunking facilities; ARS Digit Analysis Default Translations —; Total Digits

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1171 Automatic routing — general 20 Trunking facilities DEFINITY ECS can serve as an electronic tandem network (ETN). An ETN is a network of privately-owned trunk and switching facilities th...

Page 1196 - Barrier codes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1172 Barrier codes 20 Interactions ■ Abbreviated Dialing The switch does not check the FRL on an AAR or ARS call that uses a privileged Abbreviated Dialing Group List. Related topics ■ AAR a...

Page 1197 - ‘‘Remote Access’’ on page 1466

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1173 Barrier codes 20 Brief description Each barrier code must have a Class of Restriction (COR) and Class of Service (COS) assigned. Remote Access has inherent risks; it can lead to large-s...

Page 1198 - Bridged Call Appearance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1174 Bridged Call Appearance 20 Bridged Call Appearance Bridged Call Appearance allows single-line and multiappearance telephone users to have an appearance of another user’s primary extensi...

Page 1199 - Considerations for single-line telephones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1175 Bridged Call Appearance 20 ■ You can administer the call forwarding all calls and call forwarding busy/don’t answer buttons to activate Call Forwarding for any extension that is on the ...

Page 1200 - Considerations for multiappearance telephones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1176 Bridged Call Appearance 20 ■ If a call terminates at a telephone on an extension number other than the primary extension number (for example, terminating extension group (TEG), uniform ...

Page 1203 - Call Forwarding All Calls, Call Forward Busy/Don’t Answer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1179 Bridged Call Appearance 20 with the appearance is recorded as the calling party. A conference or transfer by a bridged call appearance on a zero primary call appearances telephone also ...

Page 1204 - — Multiappearance telephones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1180 Bridged Call Appearance 20 — Multiappearance telephones If a telephone receives ringing on a bridged call appearance, the incoming call can be picked up by members of that telephone’s c...

Page 1212 - Busy Indicator

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1188 Busy Indicator 20 ■ Videophone 2500 (single-line telephones) A user may not use an analog bridge to a Videophone 2500 principal that is on a video call. ■ Voice Message Retrieval A voic...

Page 1213 - Busy Verification; describes the process.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1189 Busy Verification 20 Busy Verification Busy Verification (Verify button) allows attendants and specified multiappearance telephone users to make test calls to trunks, telephones, and hu...

Page 1214 - Verification of a telephone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1190 Busy Verification 20 When you use Verify to check a valid ACD split, UCD group, or DDC group, the system initiates a priority call to that group. (Valid in this case means the split or ...

Page 1215 - Verification of an ACD Split, UCD Group, or DDC Group r

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1191 Busy Verification 20 When you use Verify to check a valid trunk, the system checks the status of that trunk. (Valid in this case means the trunk is translated with members and is not in...

Page 1216 - Verification of a Trunk

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1192 Busy Verification 20 Considerations ■ A busy verification cannot be made to an analog extension that is waiting to be answered at another extension. A call must be answered before it ca...

Page 1218 - Loudspeaker Paging Access; Attendant Console screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1194 Busy Verification 20 ■ Loudspeaker Paging Access The system denies busy verification if the telephone or trunk to be verified is connected to paging equipment. ■ Transfer Once the origi...

Page 1219 - Call Charge Information; Advice of Charge — for ISDN trunks; CO

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1195 Call Charge Information 20 Call Charge Information DEFINITY ECS provides two ways to know the approximate charge for calls made on outgoing trunks: ■ Advice of Charge — for ISDN trunks ...

Page 1220 - PCOL; CDR Output; ‘‘Viewing call charge information’’ on page 449

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1196 Call Charge Information 20 ■ PCOL ■ WATS CDR Output The ISDN Call Charge or PPM field contains the last cumulative charge received from the network. If Call Splitting or Attendant Call ...

Page 1221 - Attendant consoles

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1197 Call Charge Information 20 ■ Int-ISDN (International ISDN expanded) ■ Int-process ■ Unformatted (Enhanced 24-word standard ASCII) ■ If you want call charges to restart at 0 for calls th...

Page 1223 - CDR Adjuncts

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1199 Call Charge Information 20 two or more outgoing trunks are connected together via trunk-to-trunk transfer, the DEFINITY ECS may receive AOC information from the network for each outgoin...

Page 1224 - ‘‘Extended; Hardware requirement

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1200 Call Coverage 20 ■ Hold If a user places a call on hold, the display returns to normal mode. The user must press disp-chrg again to view call charges, or if automatic charge display is ...

Page 1226 - Call Classification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1202 Call Coverage 20 Call Classification Classifying a call means determining the state of the call at its final destination. That means whether the call was answered, received busy, reorde...

Page 1227 - Subsequent redirection interval; Type of Coverage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1203 Call Coverage 20 DEFINITY ECS allows for multiple coverage paths. However, for any particular call only one coverage path is used. The “lead” coverage path is the first coverage path in...

Page 1228 - Call redirection criteria; Active

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1204 Call Coverage 20 Call redirection criteria Redirection criteria determine the conditions under which a call redirects from the principal (called) extension to the first position in the ...

Page 1229 - Send All Calls/Go to Cover; Features that override Call Coverage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1205 Call Coverage 20 ■ Send All Calls/Go to Cover Allows users to activate Send All Calls or Go to Cover as an overriding coverage criteria. This redirection criteria must be assigned befor...

Page 1231 - Conditions that override Call Coverage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1207 Call Coverage 20 Conditions that override Call Coverage Call Coverage provides redirection of calls from the called principal or group to alternate answering positions when certain crit...

Page 1232 - Covering-user options; Consult

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1208 Call Coverage 20 An internal calling party is informed that a call is redirecting to coverage by a single, short burst of ringing, called a Call Coverage tone. This tone is followed by ...

Page 1233 - Coverage Incoming Call Identification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1209 Call Coverage 20 calls for the other group. A second call directed to a Coverage Answer Group lights a Coverage Incoming Call Identification (ICI) lamp, if administered. ■ Coverage Inco...

Page 1234 - Off-Net Call Coverage; Thursday

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1210 Call Coverage 20 Time is represented in 24-hour format and activation times are ascending from the earliest to the latest. There are no gaps in the activation times; the entire day is c...

Page 1236 - VDN in a Call Coverage path

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1212 Call Coverage 20 ■ DEFINITY ECS has no control over any redirection of the call that may take place at an off-net destination. However, further coverage treatment will be provided if th...

Page 1237 - ‘‘Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls’’; Measurements and reports; The Call Detail Recording (CDR) shows the outgoing trunk calls.; Executive Coverage

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1213 Call Coverage 20 Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls The Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls feature (also called telecommuting access) allows system users to ...

Page 1241 - Class of Restriction and Controlled Restrictions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1217 Call Coverage 20 ■ Class of Restriction and Controlled Restrictions Users who normally may be restricted from receiving calls still can receive calls directed to them via Call Coverage....

Page 1243 - Simulated Bridged Appearance; External

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1219 Call Coverage 20 ■ Simulated Bridged Appearance Calls redirected to coverage maintain an appearance on the called phone if a call appearance is available to handle the call. The called ...

Page 1245 - ‘‘Setting up basic call coverage’’ on page 117

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1221 Call Detail Recording 20 Refer to ‘‘Setting up basic call coverage’’ on page 117 for instructions on administering basic call coverage. Refer to ‘‘Setting up advanced call coverage’’ on...

Page 1247 - Call Splitting; button for the second time, so there is; ITCS examples

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1223 Call Detail Recording 20 Call Splitting Call splitting keeps track of calls where more than two parties are involved. These can be calls that are transferred, conferenced, or where an a...

Page 1248 - Outgoing trunk call splitting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1224 Call Detail Recording 20 A, C and D continue to talk for another 5 minutes. All remaining parties drop, producing two more records; A–C and A–D. Note that each record shows the incoming...

Page 1249 - OTCS examples

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1225 Call Detail Recording 20 OTCS examples In the next example, switch party A (57890) calls B(7771234), talks for 5 minutes, then conferences in C (7775678). They all talk for another 5 mi...

Page 1250 - Intraswitch CDR; Attendant transfer outgoing trunk; Attd–B

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1226 Call Detail Recording 20 The attendant (Attd) dials switch party A (59999), then transfers the call to public-network party B (4445678). Intraswitch CDR Intraswitch CDR generates call r...

Page 1251 - Privacy; this field is set to; CDR output; Calls are blocked with a reorder tone

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1227 Call Detail Recording 20 Privacy CDR Privacy allows you to administer the system to blank a given number of dialed digits from a CDR report. This is useful when it is necessary to know ...

Page 1252 - CDR Record formats; Table; Customized

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1228 Call Detail Recording 20 The following information applies to the port used for the secondary CDR output device: ■ Data going to the secondary port should be the same as that going to t...

Page 1254 - Call Detail Record formats; CDR Data format — TELESEER

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1230 Call Detail Recording 20 Call Detail Record formats Customized format You can use the customized record format to make up your own call record. You can determine the data elements you w...

Page 1256 - CDR Data Format — Enhanced TELESEER

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1232 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 29. CDR Data Format — Enhanced TELESEER Position Data Field Description 1–3 Space 4–5 Time of day-hours 6–7 Time of day-minutes 8 Duration-hours 9–10 Dura...

Page 1257 - CDR Data Format — 59 Character

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1233 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 30. CDR Data Format — 59 Character Position Data Field Description 1–2 Time of day-hours 3–4 Time of day-minutes 5 Duration-hours 6–7 Duration-minutes 8 D...

Page 1258 - CDR Data Format — Printer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1234 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 31. CDR Data Format — Printer Position Data Field Description 1–2 Time of day-hours 3–4 Time of day-minutes 5 Space 6 Duration-hours 7–8 Duration-minutes ...

Page 1261 - CDR Data Format — Enhanced Printer —; Position

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1237 Call Detail Recording 20 13–16 IXC code 17 Space 18–21 Access code used 22 Space 23–37 Dialed number 38 Space 39–43 Calling number 44 Space 45–59 Account code 60 Space 61–67 Authorizati...

Page 1262 - CDR Data Format — LSU-Expand

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1238 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 34. CDR Data Format — LSU-Expand Position Data Field Description 1–2 Time of day-hours 3–4 Time of day-minutes 5 Space 6 Duration-hours 7–8 Duration-minut...

Page 1267 - CDR Data Format — Expanded —

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1243 Call Detail Recording 20 78 Space 79–81 Incoming circuit ID 82 Space 83–85 Outgoing circuit ID 86 Space 87 Feature flag 88 Space 89–90 Attendant console 91 Space 92–95 Incoming trunk ac...

Page 1269 - CDR Data Format — Enhanced Expanded —

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1245 Call Detail Recording 20 65 Space 66–72 Authorization code 73 Space 74–75 Time in queue 76 Space 77 FRL 78 Space 79–81 Incoming circuit ID 82 Space 83–85 Outgoing circuit ID 86 Space 87...

Page 1271 - CDR Data Format — Unformatted —

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1247 Call Detail Recording 20 33–42 Calling number 43–57 Account code 58–64 Authorization code 65–66 Space 67 FRL 68–70 Incoming circuit ID (hundreds, tens, units) 71–73 Outgoing circuit ID ...

Page 1272 - CDR Data Format — Enhanced Unformatted

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1248 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 41. CDR Data Format — Enhanced Unformatted Position Data Field Description 1–2 Time of day-hours 3–4 Time of day-minutes 5 Duration-hours 6–7 Duration-min...

Page 1275 - CDR Data Format — Int-Direct —

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1251 Call Detail Recording 20 16 Duration-tenths of minutes 17 Space 18 Condition code 19 Space 20–22 Access code dialed 23–25 Access code used 26 Space 27–44 Dialed number used 45 Space 46–...

Page 1276 - CDR Data Format — Int-ISDN

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1252 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 44. CDR Data Format — Int-ISDN Position Data Field Description 1–2 Time of day-hours 3–4 Time of day-minutes 5 Space 6 Duration-hours 7–8 Duration-minutes...

Page 1277 - CDR Data Format — Int-ISDN —

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1253 Call Detail Recording 20 80 Incoming circuit ID (units) 81 Space 82–84 Outgoing circuit ID 85 Space 86 Feature flag 87 Space 88–89 Attendant console (1st digit) 90 Space 91–94 Incoming ...

Page 1278 - Call detail record field descriptions; Carriage return

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1254 Call Detail Recording 20 Call detail record field descriptions The following list describes the CDR data collected for each call and the number of digits in each field. All information ...

Page 1279 - Authorization Code; — 2 digits; Bearer Capability Class; — 0 = Voice Grade Data and Voice; Calling Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1255 Call Detail Recording 20 ■ Authorization Code (auth-code) — 4–13 digits This field contains the authorization code used to make the call. For all formats except the custom format, codes...

Page 1280 - Calling Number/Incoming TAC; — 1 character; Condition Codes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1256 Call Detail Recording 20 ■ Calling Number/Incoming TAC (clg-num/in-tac) You can use this field on a customized record to display the calling number if it is available. If calling party ...

Page 1281 - The record includes the time and duration of the outage.; Condition Codes —; Description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1257 Call Detail Recording 20 6 (E) Identifies calls that are not recorded because of resource exhaustion. A record with this condition code is generated for calls that are routed to the att...

Page 1282 - If the trunk-group CDR Reports field is set to; ring; , CDR records the ring

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1258 Call Detail Recording 20 If the trunk-group CDR Reports field is set to ring , CDR records the ring time to answer or abandon for incoming calls originated by the trunk group. In additi...

Page 1283 - Condition Code Override Matrix

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1259 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 46. Condition Code Override Matrix CONDITION CODE 0 1 4 6 7 8 9 A B C E F J K 0 NA 0 4 6 0 NA NA NA B C NA NA NA NA 1 0 NA 4 6 1 NA 9 1 B C E NA J K 4 4 4...

Page 1284 - — When the user dials

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1260 Call Detail Recording 20 ■ Date You can include the date in customized records only. The format is based on the value of the CDR Date Format field on the CDR System Parameters form. ■ D...

Page 1285 - Feature Flag

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1261 Call Detail Recording 20 ■ Feature Flag (feat-flag) — 1 digit The feature flag indicates whether a call received network answer supervision, and if the call was interworked in the netwo...

Page 1287 - ‘‘Receiving call-charge information’’ on page 446

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1263 Call Detail Recording 20 ■ INS (3 digits) This field specifies the ISDN Network Service requested for a call. This field applies only to ISDN calls. Each Network Specific Facility has a...

Page 1288 - — ISDN formats — 3 or 4 digits; Line Feed; character; Outgoing Circuit Identification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1264 Call Detail Recording 20 Users must dial an IXC access number to access a specific common carrier for a call. In the US, this number is in the form 10XXX, 950 — 1XXX, or any 8–11 digit ...

Page 1290 - Encoding for TSC Flag; Circuit-switched call without TSC requests

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1266 Call Detail Recording 20 Table 48. Encoding for TSC Flag Encoding Meaning 0 Circuit-switched call without TSC requests 1–3 Reserved 4 Call Associated TSC requested and accepted in respo...

Page 1291 - Time

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1267 Call Detail Recording 20 ■ Time This fields contains the time that the call ended, or the time that a user dropped from a multi-party call, if Call Splitting is active. ■ VDN (vdn) — 5 ...

Page 1296 - — If the call terminates to a trunk, CDR generates the following two

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1272 Call Detail Recording 20 — If the call terminates to a trunk, CDR generates the following two records: ■ An incoming record with the incoming TAC as the dialed number. ■ An outgoing rec...

Page 1297 - DCS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1273 Call Detail Recording 20 For a conference call, a separate CDR record is produced for each outgoing/incoming trunk serving the conference call. If ITCS or OTCS is enabled, CDR produces ...

Page 1299 - Dialed Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1275 Call Detail Recording 20 ■ Manual Originating Line Service If an attendant establishes an outgoing call for a user, designated as a Manual Originating Line, the CDR record for the call ...

Page 1302 - Call Forwarding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1278 Call Forwarding 20 transferred until both parties drop. The incoming call record shows the duration from the time the station receives the incoming trunk call until both parties drop. ■...

Page 1304 - Call Forwarding — Override

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1280 Call Forwarding 20 If the Coverage of Calls Redirected Off-Net field on the System Parameters Customer-Options screen and the Coverage of Calls Redirected Off-Net Enabled field on the S...

Page 1305 - ‘‘Special Dial

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1281 Call Forwarding 20 Warning users if their calls are redirected You can warn analog phone users if they have features active that may redirect calls. For example, if the user has activat...

Page 1306 - ‘‘Coverage Path’’; Forwarding All

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1282 Call Forwarding 20 Attendant Calls to attendants cannot be forwarded. However, calls can be forwarded to the attendant group. The attendant cannot have a Call Forwarding button. Only th...

Page 1307 - Answer Detection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1283 Call Forwarding 20 Interactions ■ Answer Detection This feature shares call-classifier resources with the Coverage of Calls Redirected Off-Net feature. ■ Attendant Override of Diversion...

Page 1310 - ‘‘System Parameters Call Coverage / Call Forwarding’’ on page 911

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1286 Call Forwarding 20 ■ Send All Calls If an extension has both Send All Calls and Call Forwarding All Calls activated, calls to that extension that can immediately be redirected to covera...

Page 1311 - Call Park; — A coverage answer group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1287 Call Park 20 Call Park Call Park allows users to put a call on hold and then retrieve the call from any other telephone within the system. You can set a system-wide expiration interval ...

Page 1313 - Call Pickup

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1289 Call Pickup 20 ■ Drop If a digital-telephone user parks a call and then pushes the drop button, the call is unparked. If the parked call is from an internal digital-telephone user, push...

Page 1314 - If a user’s telephone has a Call Pickup button and status lamp, then:; Directed Call Pickup

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1290 Call Pickup 20 If a user’s telephone has a Call Pickup button and status lamp, then: ■ The status lamp lights steadily when Call Pickup is used. ■ If Call Pickup Alerting is activated, ...

Page 1318 - Privacy — Manual Exclusion; Call Waiting Termination; You assign Call Waiting Termination on a per-telephone basis.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1294 Call Waiting Termination 20 ■ Privacy — Manual Exclusion In the following case, the called party is not dropped when Privacy — Manual Exclusion is activated. A call is made to Station A...

Page 1321 - ‘‘ISDN

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1297 Call-by-Call Service Selection 20 Figure Notes Using Country Protocol 1, you integrate services and features such as MEGACOM, ACCUNET, and INWATS onto a single ISDN-PRI trunk group with...

Page 1323 - Indicates which facilities or services; Usage allocation plans

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1299 Call-by-Call Service Selection 20 ISDN messages and information elements for usage allocation Understanding the technical details of ISDN messages and information elements may help you ...

Page 1324 - A UAP allows the customer to set the following options:; Incoming call-handling treatment

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1300 Call-by-Call Service Selection 20 A UAP allows the customer to set the following options: ■ Maximum number of trunks that each service can use at any given time.The sum for all services...

Page 1325 - Call detail recording

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1301 Call-by-Call Service Selection 20 following 4 columns. If an incoming call matches more than one set of specifications, the most restrictive case applies. The following table lists the ...

Page 1326 - Calling Party/Billing Number; Brief Description

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1302 Calling Party/Billing Number 20 Interactions ■ Multiquest Flexible Billing Do not use a Service/Facility with the Facility Type field set to 2 or 3. NSF processing is not performed for ...

Page 1327 - Calling Party Number Restriction

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1303 Calling Party Number Restriction 20 Related topics Refer to ‘‘ISDN service’’ on page 1394 for an overview of ISDN capabilities. Refer to the DEFINITY ECS Guide to ACD Call Centers for i...

Page 1328 - Called-party and calling-party restrictions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1304 Class of Restriction 20 Class of Restriction You use Class of Restriction (COR) to define the types of calls your users can place and receive. Your system may have only a single COR, a ...

Page 1329 - Inward restrictions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1305 Class of Restriction 20 Inward restrictions You can use inward restrictions to permit users to receive only internal calls. Inward restrictions prohibit users at assigned telephones fro...

Page 1330 - Termination restrictions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1306 Class of Restriction 20 Termination restrictions You can use termination restrictions to prohibit users from receiving any calls. These users can still originate calls. DID or Advanced ...

Page 1331 - ‘‘Class of Service’’ on page; Interactions for called-party and calling-party restrictions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1307 Class of Restriction 20 Interactions ■ AAR/ARS Originating FRLs are assigned via a COR. Termination and Miscellaneous Restrictions do not apply to ARS/AAR calls. ■ AAR/ARS Partitioning ...

Page 1332 - Interactions for fully restricted service restrictions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1308 Class of Restriction 20 ■ Tie-Trunk Access Incoming dial-repeating tie-trunk calls can be completed directly to an inward-restricted or public-restricted extension but cannot be extende...

Page 1333 - Conference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1309 Conference 20 Do not assign fully restricted service to a station with the following features or conditions: ■ Abbreviated Dialing ■ Bridged Call Appearance ■ Attendant stations ■ Night...

Page 1334 - , the COR of the party being

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1310 Conference 20 ■ If an analog single-line set has Call Wait active and creates a conference call, Call Wait is rendered inactive as long as the single-line set is on the call. For exampl...

Page 1335 - Related Topics; ‘‘Feature-Related System Parameters’’ on page 632; Restriction

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1311 Restriction — Controlled 20 ■ Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer When a multifunction telephone (BRI/Digital/Hybrid) dials sufficient digits to route a call, but could route differently if additio...

Page 1337 - Crisis Alert; Multiple emergency calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1313 Crisis Alert 20 ■ Uniform Call Distribution Calls dialed through the UDP are not restricted by Outward Restriction. Crisis Alert Crisis Alert notifies designated extensions when an emer...

Page 1338 - Centralized Attendant Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1314 Crisis Alert 20 NOTE: The crisis alert call uses 2-4 trunks; 1 trunk for the actual call and 1-3 trunks to notify the pager(s) depending on the number of administered pagers. Informatio...

Page 1339 - Dial Plan; Whether or not the PBX code is local to this system (optional).

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1315 Dial Plan 20 Dial Plan This is the system’s guide to digit translation. When the system receives dialed digits, it must know what to expect next based on the digits received so far. For...

Page 1340 - Attendant Display and Telephone (Voice Terminal) Display

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1316 Dial Plan 20 ■ Although extensions with the same first digit can have different lengths, data-channel extensions must have the maximum number of digits to avoid timeout problems for dat...

Page 1341 - Distinctive Ringing; Personalized Ringing; DS1 Trunk Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1317 Distinctive Ringing 20 Distinctive Ringing Distinctive Ringing provides several ringing cycles to help telephone users and attendants distinguish between incoming call types. Administer...

Page 1342 - ‘‘Signaling modes’’ on page 1320

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1318 DS1 Trunk Service 20 protocols. T1 trunk service multiplexes 24 channels into a single 1.544-Mbps data stream. E1 trunk service multiplexes 32 channels into a single 2.048-Mbps stream. ...

Page 1343 - DS1 operational and signaling parameters; Companding

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1319 DS1 Trunk Service 20 DS1 operational and signaling parameters The table below provides the recommended combination of parameters for each DS1 interface. DS1 Circuit Packs # Trunk Member...

Page 1344 - Signaling modes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1320 DS1 Trunk Service 20 Signaling modes Common-channel signaling (CCS) is an industry-standard technique where any one of a group of channels carries the signals for the other channels. Lu...

Page 1345 - Public network signaling administration for ISDN-PRI Layer 3

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1321 DS1 Trunk Service 20 Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) is similar to common-channel signaling and is used only when the Bit Rate is 2.048 Mbps (the trunk is used with an E1 interface)....

Page 1347 - Emergency Access to the Attendant

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1323 Emergency Access to the Attendant 20 Emergency Access to the Attendant Emergency Access to the Attendant alerts an attendant if a telephone remains off-hook for more than the administer...

Page 1350 - Emergency Transfer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1326 Emergency Transfer 20 Related screens ■ Class of Service (Off-Hook Alert) ■ Console Parameters — Queue Priorities ■ Feature-Related System Parameters — Reserved Slots for Attendant Prio...

Page 1351 - Night Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1327 Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls 20 Emergency Transfer panels are available in multiples of five telephones, which may be pulse-dialing or touch-tone phones. You must us...

Page 1352 - COS and Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls of Call

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1328 Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls 20 If you are operating in a Distributed Communications System (DCS) environment, you need to assign a different telecommuting-access ex...

Page 1353 - How to use from an off-site location; Extended Call Fwd All Activate; How to interrupt the command sequence; Bridged Appearance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1329 Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls 20 How to use from an off-site location To use Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls from off-site, you must first access the...

Page 1354 - ‘‘Setting up telecommuting’’ on page 285

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1330 Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls 20 ■ Call Coverage Extended User Administration of Redirected Calls interacts with this feature only in that system users can change the...

Page 1357 - D-Channel Backup activation; System Technician Commands; Screens used to administer FAS and NFAS; — all

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1333 Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling 20 Together, this pair of D-channels signals for all 70 (23+24+23) B-channels in the 3 Primary Rate Interfaces. Since the D-channels are s...

Page 1358 - Guidelines for administering FAS and NFAS; Coordinate the following when implementing FAS and NFAS:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1334 Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling 20 Guidelines for administering FAS and NFAS Coordinate the following when implementing FAS and NFAS: ■ Decide which T1/E1 facilities will...

Page 1359 - DS1 Circuit Pack screen

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1335 Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling 20 The Interface Link and associated forms may be administered at any time after the DS1 screens have been administered, with the followin...

Page 1360 - Interfaces

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1336 Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling 20 Signaling Group screen (Group 2) — No D-channel Backup, Two DS1 Interfaces Signaling Group screen (Group 3) — Facility Associated Signa...

Page 1361 - Group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1337 Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling 20 The following 2 communications-interface forms must be completed for the ISDN-PRI interface on G3si configurations if the D-channel is ...

Page 1362 - attendant

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1338 Facility restriction levels and traveling class marks 20 Facility restriction levels andtraveling class marks Facility Restriction Levels (FRL) and Travelling Class Marks (TCM) allow ce...

Page 1363 - Call terminating facilities; Wide Area Telecommunications Service (WATS); FRL guidelines

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1339 Facility restriction levels and traveling class marks 20 Access assigned, the individual attendant’s COR FRL is used. Data terminals use the FRL of the COR assigned to the associated da...

Page 1364 - ‘‘Class of Restriction’’ on page 1304; Generalized route selection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1340 Generalized route selection 20 Example The following is an example of how FRLs can be assigned in a COR: ■ FRL0 — 911 access only ■ FRL1 — Local calls only ■ FRL2 — FRL1 plus home area-...

Page 1365 - Determination of ITC Codepoint

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1341 Generalized route selection 20 Detailed description GRS recognizes one or more Bearer Capability Class (BCC) for each trunk group preference in the route pattern. BCC defines the type o...

Page 1366 - BCC Assignment

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1342 Generalized route selection 20 Example Assume a route pattern is set up with BCC 0 and BCC 2 set to yes in preference 1, and BCC 1, BCC 3, and BCC 4 set to yes in preference 2. A voice ...

Page 1367 - Group paging; ‘‘Interactions’’ on page; Legend

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1343 Group paging 20 Related topics Refer to ‘‘Route Pattern’’ on page 865 for information on how to set up route patterns. Group paging Group paging allows users to make an announcement ove...

Page 1368 - Controlling access to paging groups

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1344 Group paging 20 Controlling access to paging groups Each paging group is assigned a class of restriction, so you can provide or deny access to different classes of users by setting call...

Page 1370 - Each feature indicates how to administer the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1346 Hospitality features 20 NOTE: If a vector has a collect digits step and a route-to digits step, a person who uses the vector can enter a page group extension. Ensure that the COR of the...

Page 1371 - Maid Status

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1347 Hospitality features 20 When the attendant activates check-in/check-out mode, the DXS lamps light for every occupied room. Maid Status You can allow the attendant to review the maid sta...

Page 1373 - Voice Prompting with Room Activated with Tones Off

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1349 Hospitality features 20 If a wakeup-call attempt is not answered or if the extension is busy, the system tries two more times at 5-minute intervals. If the call does not complete after ...

Page 1378 - Do Not Disturb

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1354 Hospitality features 20 If the Wakeup Activation via Tone is enabled, the auto wakeup interface from the Speech Synthesizer circuit pack is disabled. The Do Not Disturb interface still ...

Page 1379 - Activation by Attendant; Administer the following reports for printing on a daily basis:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1355 Hospitality features 20 The lamp associated with the Do Not Disturb button lights until the feature is deactivated with the button. An automatic-deactivate time is not provided. Activat...

Page 1381 - Names Registration; The switch performs the following procedures at check-in:; Check Out; The switch clears any previous wakeup calls.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1357 Hospitality features 20 Names Registration Names Registration automatically sends a guest’s name and room extension from the PMS to the switch at check-in, and automatically removes thi...

Page 1382 - Guest Information Input/Change; A guest room extension can have a maximum of 5 digits.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1358 Hospitality features 20 Guest Information Input/Change Use Guest Information Input/Change to change the guest name associated with an extension, input a guest name after check-in, or ch...

Page 1383 - Property Management System Interface

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1359 Hospitality features 20 Interactions ■ Call Coverage Call-coverage arrangements are not limited to automatic update during check-in messages sent from PMS. Hotel personnel require cover...

Page 1384 - the switch and when you use the PMS.; Feature; Automatic Wakeup

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1360 Hospitality features 20 Detailed description Table 52 summarizes how the hospitality features are activated when you use only the switch and when you use the PMS. Table 52. PMS/Switch l...

Page 1387 - Message Waiting Notification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1363 Hospitality features 20 ■ Guest’s name ■ Call Coverage path Message Waiting Notification Message Waiting Notification requests originate from attendant consoles, front-desk terminals, o...

Page 1388 - Housekeeping Status; Room phone access code type

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1364 Hospitality features 20 Housekeeping Status Your housekeeping staff enters status information from phones in guest/patient rooms or from designated terminals. You can assign up to 10 Ho...

Page 1389 - Room Change/Room Swap

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1365 Hospitality features 20 Room Change/Room Swap Room Change/Room Swap is provided only through PMS and activated from a PMS terminal. With Room Change, data pertaining to the old room — i...

Page 1390 - Do not remove an extension while the PMS link is active.; Attendant Console or Front Desk Terminal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1366 Hospitality features 20 Considerations ■ You can use Leave Word Calling (LWC) or Integrated Message Center Service for the hospital or hotel/motel staff and Message Waiting Notification...

Page 1392 - Hunt Groups

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1368 Hunt Groups 20 ■ Dial By Name Since the secondary phones that are checked-in insert a "*" before the name, they do not appear when Dial By Name is used. However, the name (with ...

Page 1393 - The following sections describe how a hunt group works.; Hunting methods; Circular; circ; when the call should be routed in a “round-robin”

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1369 Hunt Groups 20 Detailed description The following sections describe how a hunt group works. Hunting methods The system uses one of two types of hunting method to distribute calls: NOTE:...

Page 1394 - Queue warning level

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1370 Hunt Groups 20 If all hunt-group members are unavailable or the queue is full, the system treats the call as follows: ■ If the call is internal or is carried on a Direct Inward Dialing ...

Page 1395 - Assume that a hunt group has the following parameters.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1371 Hunt Groups 20 If Call Coverage is provided, the Don’t Answer interval (one to 99 ringing cycles) may also begin when the call enters the queue. After these intervals begin, one of the ...

Page 1396 - agent to be available and still will queue calls.; Hunt Group Busy; New calls to the hunt group receive busy tone or go to coverage.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1372 Hunt Groups 20 member becomes available, the first call in queue connects to that group member. The queue warning-level lamp turns off because the number of calls in queue fell to four....

Page 1397 - Send All Calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1373 Hunt Groups 20 NOTE: If an extension is an ACD split agent as well as a hunt-group member, the split agent normally has an AUX-WORK button that also activates/deactivates Hunt Group Bus...

Page 1400 - ‘‘Announcements/Audio Sources’’ on page 480; Incoming Call Line Identification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1376 Incoming Call Line Identification 20 ■ Queuing Queuing does not work with circular station hunting. ■ Terminating Extension Group A Terminating Extension Group cannot be a member of a h...

Page 1401 - Intercom; You can create up to 32 intercom groups on one DEFINITY ECS.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1377 Intercom 20 Interactions ■ Distributed Communications System (DCS) If the DEFINITY ECS has both DCS and ISDN displays, the ICLID information displays in DCS formats. Intercom If you hav...

Page 1402 - Phones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1378 Intercom 20 Phones ■ You can assign any type of phone to an intercom group. However, only multiappearance phones can make and receive intercom calls. Single-line phones can only receive...

Page 1403 - Internal Automatic Answer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1379 Internal Automatic Answer 20 Internal Automatic Answer Internal Automatic Answer (IAA) provides convenient hands-free answering of internal calls to users on multifunction stations with...

Page 1404 - IAA Feature Operations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1380 Internal Automatic Answer 20 IAA Feature Operations With IAA, you can assign a single programmable feature button (IAA) to telephones. When the user presses the IAA feature button, the ...

Page 1407 - IP trunk service; Caller

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1383 IP trunk service 20 IP trunk service DEFINITY ECS allows you to route voice and real time fax calls over Internet Protocol (IP) networks such as private intranets, reducing long-distanc...

Page 1408 - Restricting access; Called party

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1384 IP trunk service 20 Restricting access When DEFINITY IP Trunk application is installed and configured, it can receive calls from any IP address. You can restrict access to your site usi...

Page 1410 - ‘‘Enhancing system security’’

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1386 IP trunk service 20 Now consider an example where off-premise dialing is configured. When O1 calls T2 over the IP network (via the T1 switch), the user at O1 dials the exchange of T2, n...

Page 1411 - PSTN Fallback

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1387 IP trunk service 20 This is where your AAR or ARS route pattern comes into play. Typically, a route pattern for an IP trunk group uses the IP trunk group as its primary route and assign...

Page 1412 - PSTN Example; PSTN Fallback is not used; PSTN Fallback is used with one remote site; Create one trunk group for all of your licensed channels.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1388 IP trunk service 20 PSTN Example For example, say you create trunk group 10 and assign its members to the first 12 potts on the IP trunk circuit pack. Then you create a route pattern (f...

Page 1413 - Network issues; PSTN Fallback is used with; multiple remote sites; Create a separate trunk group for the channels of each line pool.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1389 IP trunk service 20 Network issues ■ Lucent recommends that you avoid more than 3 consecutive analog voice to data pack conversions on voice calls. Repeated compression and decompressio...

Page 1414 - The data is right-justified and padded with blanks.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1390 IP trunk service 20 NOTE: Once you start the IP trunk CDR function in Configuration Manager, you can’t turn it off except by editing the c:\its\bin\its.ini. To turn IP trunk CDR logging...

Page 1415 - Quality of Service Logs; Incoming Cir ID

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1391 IP trunk service 20 Quality of Service Logs The DEFINITY IP Trunk application allows you to log Quality of Service statistics. Quality of Service (QoS) data is logged into flat text fil...

Page 1417 - Making phone calls with computers

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1393 IP trunk service 20 2. Click Performance Monitor. The three QoS parameters will be available for charting or logging under the object QOSMon. 3. Click Close. Making phone calls with com...

Page 1418 - ISDN service; ISDN supports the following:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1394 ISDN service 20 ■ ISDN ISDN features such as 10-digit number display, QSIG , and path replacement do not work over IP trunk. Related topics Refer to the DEFINITY ECS Administration for ...

Page 1419 - Screens used to administer ISDN

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1395 ISDN service 20 ■ Electronic Tandem Networks (ETN) ■ Facility Associated Signaling (FAS) and Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) (Only ISDN-PRI supports this.) ■ Generalized Route ...

Page 1420 - Transmission rate and protocols; ‘‘DS1 Trunk Service’’ on page 1317

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1396 ISDN service 20 Refer to the DEFINTY services documentation for information about the following screens: ISDN TSC Gateway Channel Assignments, Network Facilities (supports usage allocat...

Page 1421 - AT&T Switched Network Protocol; Public switched network

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1397 ISDN service 20 As an example of how ISDN is used in private- and public-network configurations , see the following figures. For example, ISDN can be used to connect a switch to a publi...

Page 1422 - Call Identification Display

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1398 ISDN service 20 access to several features. For a description of the services accessible via ISDN (either via dedicated or call-by-call trunk groups), refer to ‘‘Call-by-Call Service Se...

Page 1423 - Private network services; Existing interface

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1399 ISDN service 20 Private network services In addition to providing access to switched-public networks, ISDN provides private-network services by connecting DEFINITY ECS in an Electronic ...

Page 1424 - DCS services

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1400 ISDN service 20 Automatic Alternate Routing (AAR) and Automatic Route Selection (ARS) are used with ISDN and DS1 trunking facilities to access ETN facilities. AAR and ARS are used to co...

Page 1425 - National ISDN-2 Services; NI-2 provides users with the following services:; Calling Line Identification; ‘‘Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling’’

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1401 ISDN service 20 National ISDN-2 Services DEFINITY ECS supports National ISDN-2 (NI-2), which offers many of the same services as the AT&T Switched Network protocol. The NI-2 protoco...

Page 1426 - ISDN interworking; Call from network to Switch B

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1402 ISDN service 20 ISDN interworking ISDN interworking allows calls to use a combination of both ISDN and non-ISDN trunking and station facilities. A non-ISDN trunking facility is any trun...

Page 1427 - Calling Party’s Number

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1403 ISDN service 20 Call Identification Display Two types of identification numbers are provided with ISDN and may be used in the various types of displays used with ISDN. The two types of ...

Page 1428 - Connected Party’s Name; Displays for redirected calls; — Calling Party Display

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1404 ISDN service 20 calls incoming to a DEFINITY ECS. The 0–15 digit number of the party who answers the call is provided to the ISDN network only if the incoming ISDN trunk group is admini...

Page 1429 - — Connected Party Display; Displays for conference calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1405 ISDN service 20 — Connected Party Display The connected party is the party who answers the redirected call. a= CALLING ID to CALLED ID R The R indicates the reason for redirection. The ...

Page 1430 - Overlap Sending; Australia Malicious Call Trace

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1406 ISDN service 20 Malicious Call Trace (MCT) ISDN calling number identification is sent when MCT notification is activated on an ISDN trunk. Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN) - Limited The...

Page 1431 - according to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1407 ISDN service 20 can override the DCS called name and number if the Display Connected Name/Number for ISDN DCS Calls field is y on the Feature-Related System Parameters screen. BRI trunk...

Page 1432 - Leave Word Calling

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1408 Leave Word Calling 20 ■ Wideband Switching (NxDS0) DEFINITY ECS does not support wideband switching on BRI connections. Related topics Refer to Administered Connections ‘‘Administered C...

Page 1433 - AUDIX Interface

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1409 Leave Word Calling 20 The system can indicate that one telephone received a LWC message on a second telephone. The system lights a remote Automatic Message Waiting lamp at the remote te...

Page 1434 - Line Lockout; busy

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1410 Line Lockout 20 ■ Call Coverage You can use LWC with or without Call Coverage. However, the two features complement each other. The Coverage Callback option of Call Coverage is provided...

Page 1435 - Line Lockout occurs when:; Line Lockout does not apply to multiappearance telephones.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1411 Listed Directory Numbers 20 Line Lockout occurs when: ■ A user does not hang up after the other party on a call is disconnected. The user receives the dial tone for 10 seconds and then ...

Page 1436 - Attendant group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1412 Listed Directory Numbers 20 How the system routes incoming DID trunk calls to the attendant group Incoming DID calls route only to an extension. The LDN feature allows you to assign one...

Page 1437 - Cause Value

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1413 Look-Ahead routing 20 Look-Ahead routing Look-Ahead Routing (LAR) allows the switch to reroute an outgoing ISDN call that is not completing. The switch attempts to complete the call alo...

Page 1438 - LAR measurement

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1414 Look-Ahead routing 20 NOTE: When country code 13, protocol version a, is administered on the DS1 Circuit Pack screen, only the cause values #10 and #89 activate LAR. LAR terminates when...

Page 1439 - Loss Plans

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1415 Loss Plans 20 ■ Ringback Queuing When a call originates and queues at the trunk group queue, the call can be placed in queue multiple times if LAR is active. The call originator can be ...

Page 1440 - Loudspeaker paging

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1416 Loudspeaker paging 20 on the Station and Trunk Group screens. This allows you to use different loss plans for different types of phones or different trunk groups. The Tone and Conferenc...

Page 1441 - Users with multi-appearance phones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1417 Loudspeaker paging 20 Users with multi-appearance phones The following description only applies to systems with deluxe paging. To page and park an active call simultaneously, users with...

Page 1442 - Restrictions on loudspeaker paging

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1418 Loudspeaker paging 20 systems can support many zones from 1 port. They can also provide additional capabilities such as two-way communication through the loudspeaker system (the person ...

Page 1444 - Chime paging

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1420 Loudspeaker paging 20 Chime paging ■ Abbreviated Dialing Don’t use special characters in abbreviated dialing lists used with chime paging. ■ Conference — Attendant A call cannot be conf...

Page 1445 - Malicious Call Trace; MCT Voice Recorder; Push an MCT-Activate feature button

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1421 Malicious Call Trace 20 Malicious Call Trace Malicious Call Trace (MCT) allows you to trace malicious calls. MCT allows you to define a group of telephone users who can notify others in...

Page 1446 - Controlling MCT

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1422 Malicious Call Trace 20 Once MCT is activated, information on the call is collected and alerts users in the group. The alert is not a call, so it is not affected by queues at the user’s...

Page 1447 - Administering MCT for ISDN notification; pbx

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1423 Malicious Call Trace 20 Administering MCT for ISDN notification The following describes how to administer the ISDN MCT notification for an ISDN trunk group (public-ntwrk, tandem, tie, o...

Page 1450 - Trunk Access Code; Messaging Server Interface

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1426 Messaging Server Interface 20 A user transfers a malicious caller to hold. The user initiates a Transfer, receives the second dial tone, enters the MCT-Activate FAC, then halts the rema...

Page 1451 - shows an MS interface to the system. You can provide SCI link

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1427 Messaging Server Interface 20 ■ Automatic Message Waiting lamp — When users manipulate message waiting lamps on stations. ■ Clock Synchronization — Used to make sure that the MS clock i...

Page 1452 - Typical Messaging Server Interface Connections; ‘‘Audible Message Waiting’’ on page 1152

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1428 Messaging Server Interface 20 Figure 56. Typical Messaging Server Interface Connections Related topics Refer to ‘‘Audible Message Waiting’’ on page 1152 for information about letting us...

Page 1453 - Misoperation Handling

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1429 Misoperation Handling 20 Refer to ‘‘Voice Message Retrieval’’ on page 1573 for information about retrieving messages. Refer to ‘‘Voice Messaging Systems’’ on page 1576 for more informat...

Page 1454 - and set the Misoperation Alerting field to

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1430 Misoperation Handling 20 You can alter standard Misoperation Handling to ensure that callers are not left on hold indefinitely with no way to reach someone for assistance or that caller...

Page 1455 - Enhanced operation; user flashes to transfer the call to another terminal.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1431 Misoperation Handling 20 Enhanced operation Once you enable Misoperation Alerting, calls are handled depending upon the type of call placed on hold and the type of telephone (digital mu...

Page 1456 - Digital terminal misoperation; Attendant Lockout

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1432 Misoperation Handling 20 Digital terminal misoperation The following scenario describes a typical misoperation on a digital terminal. 1. While connected to an incoming external call (Ty...

Page 1457 - The integrated-conversion modems support the following options:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1433 Modem Pooling 20 Modem Pooling (Not available with Offer B) Modem Pooling allows switched connections between digital-data endpoints (data modules) and analog-data endpoints via pods of...

Page 1458 - Send space disconnect

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1434 Modem Pooling 20 ■ Send space disconnect ■ Receive space disconnect ■ CF-CB common ■ Speed, duplex, and synch (administered) Combined-conversion modems support the following: ■ IBM bisy...

Page 1460 - Ringing Appearance Preference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1436 Multiappearance Preselection and Preference 20 Multiappearance Preselection and Preference Multiappearance Preselection and Preference selects the call appearances you use to connect to...

Page 1462 - DEFINITY ECS supports two frequency groups:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1438 Multifrequency Signaling 20 Multifrequency Signaling Multifrequency (MF) signaling is a form of address signaling used between switches and the central office (CO). It is similar to dua...

Page 1463 - MFE

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1439 Multifrequency Signaling 20 MFE MFE, for Country code 11 (Spain), uses R1 frequency and compelled signaling. It is available on CO and DID trunk groups. There are four kinds of MFE sign...

Page 1464 - Guidelines for administering MF signaling; Forward

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1440 Multifrequency Signaling 20 ■ If DEFINITY ECS makes an outgoing call to the CO that uses an open numbering plan, the CO should send the signal A.1 to DEFINITY ECS after sending the last...

Page 1465 - inloc

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1441 Multifrequency Signaling 20 Second, you assign the correlation between signal codes and their meanings. 1. Assign a code to every message. The code consists of a group category, like gr...

Page 1466 - For India

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1442 Multifrequency Signaling 20 ■ Authorization Codes The COR of the authorization code as administered on the authorization-code form is not used for ANI prefix determination, even if the ...

Page 1468 - For India Only

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1444 Night Service 20 For India Only . If ANI digits are padded with “zero,” then zeroes also are displayed along with ANI digits. ■ Tandem / Offnet Calls If ANI digits are received on incom...

Page 1469 - Hunt Group Night Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1445 Night Service 20 Hunt Group Night Service Hunt Group Night Service allows an attendant or a split supervisor to assign a hunt group or split to Night Service mode. All calls for the hun...

Page 1470 - Trunk Answer from Any Station; Users can activate TAAS if each of the following conditions is met:; Trunk Group Night Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1446 Night Service 20 Trunk Answer from Any Station Trunk Answer from Any Station (TAAS) allows phone users to answer all incoming calls to the attendant when the attendant is not on duty an...

Page 1472 - Considerations for TAAS; — When a user activates System Night Service, any trunks that are

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1448 Night Service 20 ■ If a trunk without disconnect supervision goes to Night Service, the system drops the trunk after a period of time to avoid locking up the trunk. The call is not rout...

Page 1473 - ACD; Interactions for Night Console Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1449 Night Service 20 example, a phone with a trunk-ns button may be unplugged when the system is rebooted. If the phone is plugged back in later, the trunk status is shown on the trunk-ns b...

Page 1474 - Interactions for Night Station Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1450 Night Service 20 Interactions for Night Station Service ■ Call Coverage Calls routed to the night extension via Night Station Service follow the coverage path of the night extension und...

Page 1475 - Interactions for TAAS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1451 Night Service 20 Interactions for TAAS ■ Call Coverage If Night Station Service is active, calls that are redirected to the attendant via Call Coverage can be answered via TAAS. ■ Call ...

Page 1477 - For Trunk Group Night Service

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1453 Off-Premises Station 20 Refer to ‘‘Setting up night station service’’ on page 137 for instructions. For Trunk Group Night Service Refer to ‘‘Listed Directory Numbers’’ on page 800 for n...

Page 1478 - ‘‘Installing home equipment’’ on page 295

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1454 PC Interface 20 Detailed description Off-Premises Station requires cross-connecting capabilities and one port on a Analog Line or DS1 Tie Trunk circuit pack for each interface to be pro...

Page 1482 - Data Communications Access; Personal Station Access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1458 Personal Station Access 20 ■ Do not use phones with data modules with the PC Interface. (You can still use 3270 Data Modules if you also use 3270 emulation). If you attach a DCP data mo...

Page 1484 - Dissociated telephones; Adjunct/Switch Application Interface

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1460 Personal Station Access 20 Dissociated telephones When a user requests to associate a telephone with PSA, any other telephone using that extension is automatically dissociated. It is po...

Page 1487 - ‘‘Feature-Related System

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1463 Pull Transfer 20 ■ Call Forwarding All Calls Priority Calling calls (except callback calls) are forwarded, and the forwarded call remains a priority call. ■ Call Vectoring The system ge...

Page 1488 - Analog Station Recall Operation and Feature Activation; Recorded Announcements

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1464 Recorded Announcements 20 When attendants control calls, called parties cannot use Pull Transfer. Attendants who are called parties cannot use Pull Transfer. When attendants have partie...

Page 1489 - ‘‘Managing announcements’’ on page 365

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1465 Recorded Announcements 20 Your system can store multiple announcements on each circuit pack up to the system capacity. Refer to DEFINITY ECS System Description for capacity information....

Page 1491 - Read the information in

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1467 Remote Access 20 system does not have access to the calling (outside) number, Ringback Queuing and Automatic Callback cannot be used on a Remote Access call. Also, any feature requiring...

Page 1493 - Whether the code is active or expired; Barrier Codes; Limit the length of time an access code remains valid

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1469 Remote Access 20 ■ Whether the code is active or expired ■ Date and reason a code expired For a detailed description of the status remote-access command and display, refer to BCS Produc...

Page 1495 - Reset Shift Call

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1471 Remote Access 20 Interactions ■ Authorization Codes When a Remote Access caller dials the assigned Remote Access extension and connects to the system, the system may request the caller ...

Page 1498 - Ringer Cutoff; Redirect notification is

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1474 Ringer Cutoff 20 Ringer Cutoff Ringer Cutoff allows multiappearance telephone users to turn audible ringing signals on and off. This feature does not affect visual alerting. When this f...

Page 1499 - Ringing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1475 Ringing — Abbreviated and Delayed 20 ■ Bridging A bridging user is not affected by a primary extension’s activation of Ringer Cutoff. Nor is the primary extension affected by the bridgi...

Page 1503 - Security violations notification; Login violations; Security violation thresholds and notification

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1479 Security violations notification 20 Security violations notification When a security violation occurs, security violations notification (SVN) notifies a designated referral point. This ...

Page 1504 - Sequence of events

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1480 Security violations notification 20 Invalid attempts accumulate at different rates in the various security arenas (login, authorization code, remote access, and station security code), ...

Page 1505 - To find out what svn-halt buttons exist in the system, type; The SVN Button Locations screen appears.; SVN Referral Call With Announcement

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1481 Security violations notification 20 SVN- halt buttons You can administer buttons for the notification extension to stop notification calls. However, this may pose a security risk. Do no...

Page 1506 - ‘‘Monitoring the Access Security Gateway history log’’ on page 323

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1482 Security violations notification 20 Considerations ■ You may only administer one referral destination per system for each type of violation. ■ Exercise caution when administering bridge...

Page 1507 - Service observing; Observers can monitor calls to any of the following:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1483 Service observing 20 Service observing Designated users, normally supervisors, can listen to other users’ calls. This capability is often used to train agents and monitor service qualit...

Page 1508 - How to observe calls; Service Observing Listen Only Access Code; Restrictions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1484 Service observing 20 How to observe calls Observers press the service observing button on their phone or dial a feature access code, and then dial the extension they want to observe. Wh...

Page 1509 - Trunk calls

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1485 Service observing 20 Trunk calls If a user makes a trunk-call, observation starts after the user finishes dialing. On central office (CO) trunks, dialing is considered complete when ans...

Page 1511 - ‘‘Observing calls’’ on page 387

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1487 Single-Digit Dialing and Mixed Station Numbering 20 ■ Transfer Observers cannot initiate a transfer while observing. If a user transfers a call, the observer is placed in wait state. Th...

Page 1512 - Examples; Sample Hotel/Motel Dial Plan 1

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1488 Single-Digit Dialing and Mixed Station Numbering 20 Examples Dial plan 1 allows the following dial access: ■ The prefixed extensions do not show up on the Dial Plan table; they are impl...

Page 1513 - Sample Hotel/Motel Dial Plan 2

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1489 Single-Digit Dialing and Mixed Station Numbering 20 ■ Local calling via ARS DAC 9 ■ 2-digit feature-access codes (FACs) [* or # plus another digit] Dial plan 2 allows the following dial...

Page 1514 - You should administer the Short Interdigit Timeout on the

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1490 Single-Digit Dialing and Mixed Station Numbering 20 When using prefixed extension numbers, it is not necessary to include an entry for the "real" extension number in the dial pl...

Page 1515 - Attendant Display and Telephone Display; Station Hunting

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1491 Station Hunting 20 Interactions ■ Attendant Display and Telephone Display Prefixed extensions display without the prefix. The return call button causes the prefix to dial, even though i...

Page 1516 - Station Hunting examples

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1492 Station Hunting 20 Calls route through the chain as follows. There is no limit to the number of extensions that can be in a station-hunting chain. Station Hunting examples In this examp...

Page 1517 - Station hunting options

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1493 Station Hunting 20 In this example ( Table 57 ), extension 2 is the called extension. Because extension 2 is busy, the system follows the station-hunting chain to find an idle extension...

Page 1518 - list usage extension xxxxx

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1494 Station Hunting 20 coverage. If the hunt-to station is also busy, the switch continues hunting down the hunt-to chain. If all stations in the hunt-to chain are busy, the call goes to th...

Page 1520 - with cov

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1496 Station Hunting 20 ■ Call Vectoring You cannot assign a Vector Directory Number as a hunt-to station. If a route-to command’s with cov y directs a call to a busy station, the call follo...

Page 1522 - Station Security Codes; ‘‘Assigning an extender password’’ on page 294

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1498 Station Security Codes 20 Related topics Refer to ‘‘Station’’ on page 882 for information to administer a Hunt-to-Station button. Refer to ‘‘Coverage Path’’ on page 551 for information ...

Page 1523 - ‘‘Security-Related System Parameters’’ on page 875; Telephone Displays; Enhanced Telephone Display; Button display modes

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1499 Telephone Displays 20 Refer to ‘‘Security-Related System Parameters’’ on page 875 for information about and field descriptions on the Security-Related System Parameters screen. Refer to...

Page 1524 - Button Mode

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1500 Telephone Displays 20 Button Mode Displays Normal Call-related information for the active call appearance, including the call appearance, calling- or called-party name and number, depen...

Page 1525 - NO MESSAGES

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1501 Telephone Displays 20 Integrated Directory Turns off the touch-tone signals and allows the user to use the touch-tone buttons to enter the name of a system user. After a name is entered...

Page 1526 - Information on the display; b=OUTSIDE CALL 8

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1502 Telephone Displays 20 Information on the display DEFINITY ECS provides the following call-related information: ■ Call Appearance Identification The call appearance buttons are designate...

Page 1527 - Display; a=TOM BROWN 3062

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1503 Telephone Displays 20 ■ Called Party Identification On calls to a system user, the digits appear on the display as they are dialed. After dialing is complete, the called party’s name an...

Page 1528 - Message retrieval

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1504 Telephone Displays 20 Message retrieval Certain phones and the attendant groups can be designated for system-wide message retrieval. Users of these phones or consoles can retrieve Leave...

Page 1530 - Feature information displays

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1506 Telephone Displays 20 ■ DCS All switches in a DCS network must have must have the same software load installed on each server, must have the enhanced characters enabled, and must have p...

Page 1533 - For each language, the active call appearance appears as:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1509 Telephone Displays 20 Table 62. Call Appearance For each language, the active call appearance appears as: "a =" (English) Call-appearance buttons are shown on the display by a l...

Page 1535 - Date/Time Mode and Formats

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1511 Telephone Displays 20 Screen 218. Date/Time Mode and Formats – French, Italian, Spanish, and User-Defined Table 66. Days of the Week Format English French Italian Spanish SUNDAY DIMANCH...

Page 1536 - Months of the Year Format

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1512 Telephone Displays 20 Table 68. Months of the Year Format English French Italian Spanish JANUARY JANVIER GENNAIO ENERO FEBRUARY FEVRIER FEBBRAIO FEBRERO MARCH MARS MARZO MARZO APRIL AVR...

Page 1537 - Enhanced Abbreviated Dialing -user defined

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1513 Telephone Displays 20 Enhanced Abbreviated Dialing -user defined DO NOT DIST ENTRY DENIED - SYSTEM FULL DEMANDE EST REFUSEE - ENCOMBREMENT SERVIZIO NON ATTIVATO - CONGESTIONE ENTRADA DE...

Page 1538 - INTL

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1514 Telephone Displays 20 Table 70. Field Separator English French Italian Spanish <calling party> "to" <called party> <calling party> "a" <called party...

Page 1539 - Leave Word Calling Format

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1515 Telephone Displays 20 Leave Word Calling Screen 219. Leave Word Calling Format – English Screen 220. Leave Word Calling Formats – French, Italian, Spanish, and User-Defined <CALLER_I...

Page 1540 - Leave Word Calling Messages; French

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1516 Telephone Displays 20 Table 73. Leave Word Calling Messages English French Italian Spanish CANNOT BE DELETED - CALL MESSAGE CENTER NE PEUT ETRE SUPP./APPELER RECEP. MESS. NON CANENTRYAT...

Page 1543 - Queue Status Indication; Miscellaneous Call Identifier

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1519 Telephone Displays 20 Table 78. Queue Status Indication English French Italian Spanish <15 chrs> Q-time xx:xx calls xx <15 chrs> TEMPS-F xx:xx APPELS xx <15 chrs> T-co...

Page 1544 - Miscellaneous Call Identifier —; English French Italian Spanish

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1520 Telephone Displays 20 co(Controlled Outward Restriction) RD(Restriction de depart) cu(Controllata Uscente) RS(Restriccion saliente) cs(Controlled Station to Station Restriction) RP(Rest...

Page 1547 - User Identifiers

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1523 Telephone Displays 20 b(Cover Busy) o(Suppleance occupee) o(Copertura per Occupato) o(Cobertura ocupada) d(Cover Don’t Answer) n(Suppleance pas de reponse) n(Copertura per Non Risposta)...

Page 1549 - Security Violation Notification; Login Violation; Property Management System Interface —

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1525 Telephone Displays 20 MESSAGE NOTIFICATION FAILED ECHEC D’AVIS MESSAGES NOTIFICA MESSAGGI ERRATA AVISO DE MENSAJE FALLIDO MESSAGE NOTIFICATION OFF - Ext: xxxxx AVIS DE MESSAGES DESACTIV...

Page 1552 - Mapping enhanced display characters; English French Italian Spanish

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1528 Telephone Displays 20 To enter the day of the week, the user dials 1 for Sunday, 2 for Monday, and so on. Mapping enhanced display characters Use the tables below to map US English char...

Page 1553 - US English to Russian characters; space

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1529 Telephone Displays 20 US English to Russian characters US English to Japanese characters Table 90. US English to Russian characters Russian US English Russian US English space space ® Q...

Page 1554 - US English to Japanese characters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1530 Telephone Displays 20 % c = & µ > d ‘ b ? ¹ ( j @ e ) i A ¶ * k B ¸ + m C ½ , l D º - n E » . F ¼ / o G Ë 0 q H f 1 p I À 2 r J ¾ 3 s K ¿ 4 u L ¡ 5 t M g 6 v N Ò 7 w O Ì P ...

Page 1555 - US English to European characters; sp ac e

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1531 Telephone Displays 20 For Japanese, the z, {, and | characters map to Kanji characters as follows: z—symbol for 1,000 {—symbol for 10,000 |—symbol for Yen US English to European charact...

Page 1557 - US English to Ukrainian characters

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1533 Telephone Displays 20 US English to Ukrainian characters [ ¨ s Ÿ \ À t ¶ ] á u ¶ ^ ± v ¹ _ ° w Ñ ‘ µ x É a y Ä b z à d ã { Á e ¤ | Ñ f · } Ð g Table 93. US English to Ukrainian ch...

Page 1558 - Temporary Bridged Appearance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1534 Temporary Bridged Appearance 20 Related Topics Refer to System Parameters Country-Options for more information about and field descriptions on the System Parameters Country-Option scree...

Page 1560 - Tenant Partitioning; system, which does not require such a license.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1536 Tenant Partitioning 20 ■ Consult Consult calls use the temporary bridged appearance maintained on the call. At the conclusion of a consult call, the bridged appearance is no longer main...

Page 1561 - ‘‘Interactions’’ on page 1542; Tenant Partitioning capabilities

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1537 Tenant Partitioning 20 Because some features are not partitioned, you must take care to administer these features to prevent inter-tenant access. Refer to ‘‘Interactions’’ on page 1542 ...

Page 1562 - All tenants can have attendant services.; Partitioning tenants

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1538 Tenant Partitioning 20 Tenant Partitioning provides advantages to both the telecommunications service provider and individual tenants: ■ Shared resources offer enhanced services at lowe...

Page 1563 - Access control

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1539 Tenant Partitioning 20 ■ Even if two extensions are blocked from calling each other by Tenant Partitioning restrictions, either extension can still reach the other by dialing the extens...

Page 1564 - Network route selection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1540 Tenant Partitioning 20 Each tenant may have a designated night-service station. The system directs calls to an attendant group in night service to the night-service station of the appro...

Page 1565 - Calling permissions for partitions

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1541 Tenant Partitioning 20 The Automatic Route Selection (ARS) route pattern can be the same for all tenants. In this example, the trunk for tenant partition 18 (the private trunk shared by...

Page 1566 - Detailed description of Multiple Music-on-Hold

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1542 Tenant Partitioning 20 Detailed description of Multiple Music-on-Hold Tenant Partitioning allows you to assign each tenant a music source, unique to each tenant partition, to be heard w...

Page 1569 - CMS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1545 Tenant Partitioning 20 ■ Call Vectoring/VDN A caller routed to a new destination by a vector step hears the music assigned to the last active VDN. While a call is in vector processing, ...

Page 1571 - Uniform Dial Plan; Terminal Translation Initialization; Attendants

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1547 Terminal Translation Initialization 20 ■ Uniform Dial Plan If a Uniform Dial Plan is in place between switches, tenant partition identification is not passed between the switches, and s...

Page 1572 - data; Voice/data telephones

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1548 Terminal Translation Initialization 20 Data modules Data modules have different tones and digit sequences. In the merge and separate control flow, different tones are given to the telep...

Page 1573 - — If there is dial tone, the merge is complete.; Security measures

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1549 Terminal Translation Initialization 20 4. Connect the telephone to its intended port (this port should indicate Equipment Type: TTI Port). 5. Receive dial tone. — If there is dial tone,...

Page 1575 - Expert Agent Selection

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1551 Terminating Extension Group 20 ■ Expert Agent Selection Station user records cannot be shared between TTI ports and EAS login ID extensions. This reduces the number of possible TTI port...

Page 1577 - ‘‘Terminating Extension Group’’ on page 959; Time of Day Routing

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1553 Time of Day Routing 20 ■ Internal Automatic Answer TEG calls are not eligible for Internal Automatic Answer; however, calls placed to an individual extension are eligible. ■ Leave Word ...

Page 1584 - Release Link Trunks

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1560 Transfer — Trunk-to-Trunk 20 ■ Release Link Trunks RLTs are used by Centralized Attendant Service (CAS). An outgoing RLT at a remote branch is used to access an attendant at the main. T...

Page 1586 - Trunk Flash

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1562 Trunk Flash 20 ■ Tenant Partitioning Station control of Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer is prohibited between trunks in different tenant partitions if those partitions are restricted. Trunk Fla...

Page 1587 - FAC activation of the trunk flash feature is allowed.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1563 Trunk Flash 20 If the trunk group is a DS1 trunk in Italy, the Trunk Flash feature applies only to outgoing calls. If the trunk is not directly connected to the far end or CO providing ...

Page 1588 - Trunks and Trunk Groups; the public telephone network; DEFINITY ECS supports the following basic trunk types.; Access

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1564 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 ■ In a call involving more than one telephone, one of the telephones may press the Flash button, and another telephone may dial the phone number. The telephon...

Page 1589 - Lucent does not recommend tandeming 911 calls.; Bridged stations

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1565 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 CAMA — Centralized Automatic Message Accounting (E911) CAMA trunks route emergency calls to the local community’s Enhanced 911 systems and provide Caller’s Em...

Page 1590 - CPE — Customer-Provided Equipment

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1566 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 without attendant assistance. CO trunks typically connect your switch to the local central office, but they can also connect adjuncts such as external paging ...

Page 1591 - IP Trunks — Internet Protocol Trunks; ‘‘IP; ISDN — Integrated Services Digital Network

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1567 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 IP Trunks — Internet Protocol Trunks IP trunks allow DEFINITY ECS to route voice calls and faxes over a local- or wide-area TCP/IP network. Use IP trunks to r...

Page 1592 - Analog tie trunks

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1568 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 receive one of these start dial signals, it can be administered to send digits after an administered interval. (This time-out interval is the amount of time t...

Page 1593 - Transmission and supervisory signaling; Type of trunk

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1569 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 Transmission and supervisory signaling A trunk is named for its transmission characteristics. For example, trunks are always classified by the direction of th...

Page 1594 - The distant office’s acknowledgment that it is ready to; Seizure signals; — Callers who remain off-hook after completing a call won’t be

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1570 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 ■ Start-dial signal — The distant office’s acknowledgment that it is ready to accept dialing from the originating office. Seizure signals Ear & Mouth (E&a...

Page 1595 - Automatic

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1571 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 ■ Loop-start (LS) supervision — A supervisory signaling scheme used between a telephone and a switch in which the telephone or far-end office completes the cu...

Page 1596 - Types of address transmission; A method of signaling that consists of; Signaling; addressing; Signaling arrangements that make; Analog vs. digital trunks

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1572 Trunks and Trunk Groups 20 Types of address transmission In addition to seizure and start dial signals, switches have to transmit the digits and characters for telephone numbers. This i...

Page 1597 - Voice Message Retrieval

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1573 Voice Message Retrieval 20 particular calling states, such as on-hook, off-hook, ringing, not ringing, and so on, by using A and B bit-timed signaling. A and B bits carry a 0 or 1 depen...

Page 1600 - Voice Messaging Systems; The following features do not use coverage paths:

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1576 Voice Messaging Systems 20 Voice Messaging Systems DEFINITY ECS supports several Lucent voice or multimedia messaging systems. These systems allow users to send, retrieve, store, and fo...

Page 1601 - AUDIX System; AUDIX Administration, and I

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1577 Voice Messaging Systems 20 DEFINITY ECS supports the following systems: Other non-Lucent messaging systems may also use mode codes to work with DEFINITY ECS. I NTUITY AUDIX I NTUITY AUD...

Page 1602 - Centralized Voice Mail; Fraudulent long-distance calls can be placed through I

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1578 Voice Messaging Systems 20 Centralized Voice Mail You can use a single voice mail system to support multiple DEFINITY systems in a DCS network. In addition, you can use a voice mail sys...

Page 1603 - For AUDIX only; Attendant Conference

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1579 Voice Messaging Systems 20 subscribers. If you decide to allow transfers to any extension, administer the COR on the AUDIX ports to prevent calls outside the PBX or immediate Distribute...

Page 1605 - Integration with System 75 and DEFINITY Communications

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1581 Voice Messaging Systems 20 For other messaging services, you can have AUDIX report the existence of waiting LWC messages for the principal, but not the message content. The principal ca...

Page 1606 - Whisper paging

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1582 Whisper paging 20 Refer to Switch Administration for the DEFINITY AUDIX System for the procedures on how to administer the switch for voice messaging for DEFINITY AUDIX. Refer to Switch...

Page 1607 - You cannot administer a Whisper Page Off button on a soft key.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1583 Whisper paging 20 For example, let’s say users A and B are on a call. C has an urgent message for A and makes a whisper page. All 3 users hear the tone that signals the page, but only A...

Page 1608 - Call redirection overrides; ‘‘Allowing users to block whisper pages’’; Group answering environments

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1584 Whisper paging 20 Two features, Do Not Disturb and Privacy — Attendant Lockout, also block incoming whisper pages. Call redirection overrides If a paged user is not on an active call, a...

Page 1610 - ‘‘Paging users who are on active calls’’ on page 383

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1586 Whisper paging 20 ■ Data Privacy — Permanent or Temporary Any station that has Data Privacy activated cannot make a whisper page. ■ Expert Agent Selection You can’t make a whisper page ...

Page 1611 - How to administer Wideband Switching

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1587 Wideband Switching 20 Wideband Switching (Not available with Offer B) Wideband Switching provides the ability to dedicate 2 or more ISDN-PRI B-channels or DS0 endpoints for applications...

Page 1612 - Perform wideband line-side

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1588 Wideband Switching 20 Channel allocation For standard narrowband communication, ISDN-PRI divides a T1 or E1 trunk as follows: ■ T1 trunks are divided into 23 information channels and 1 ...

Page 1613 - Endpoint applications with signaling

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1589 Wideband Switching 20 Typical uses A typical video application uses an ISDN-PRI interface to DS0 1 through 6 of the line-side facility. Refer to the following figure. Figure Notes Endpo...

Page 1615 - Universal digital signal level 1 board

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1591 Wideband Switching 20 Universal digital signal level 1 board The UDS1 board is the interface for line-side and network facilities carrying wideband calls. Non-signaling endpoint applica...

Page 1616 - Scheduled batch processing.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1592 Wideband Switching 20 Guidelines and examples This section examines wideband and its components in relation to the following specific customer usage scenarios: ■ High-speed video confer...

Page 1617 - Primary data connectivity.; Permanent data connections (those always active

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1593 Wideband Switching 20 Primary data connectivity. Permanent data connections (those always active during business hours), such as interconnections between local area networks (LANs), are...

Page 1621 - Glare prevention

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1597 Wideband Switching 20 There are additional factors to note regarding specific values of N and the N x DS0 service: — N = 1 — this is considered a narrowband call and is treated as any o...

Page 1622 - GLARE RESOLUTION

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1598 Wideband Switching 20 GLARE RESOLUTION Outgoing Call Type Incoming Call Type Switch-SupportingUser Protocol Switch-Supporting Network Protocol B-channel B-channel No negotiation Incomin...

Page 1623 - Blocking prevention

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1599 Wideband Switching 20 To reduce glare probability, the network needs to be administered so both sides of the interface select channels from opposite ends of facilities. For example, on ...

Page 1625 - Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1601 World-Class Tone Detection and Generation 20 ■ Facility and Non-Facility Associated Signaling FAS and NFAS with or without D-Channel Backup requires administration via signaling groups ...

Page 1626 - Data Modules; medium; broadband; . It is enabled if the Level of; precise

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Features and technical reference 1602 World-Class Tone Detection and Generation 20 Interactions ■ Data Modules Multiline Data Terminal Dialing is disabled if the Multiple-line Level of Tone Detection field is medium or broa...

Page 1628 - Basic DEFINITY ECS documents; Administration

References 1604 Basic DEFINITY ECS documents 21 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 21 References This chapter contains a list of user documents for the DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server (ECS) Release 8.2. Most of these documents are backward compatib...

Page 1630 - Installation and maintenance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 References 1606 Basic DEFINITY ECS documents 21 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 — Reports, 555-233-505, Issue 1 Provides detailed descriptions of the measurement, status, security, and recent change history reports available in th...

Page 1632 - Call center documents

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 References 1608 Basic DEFINITY ECS documents 21 DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 — Maintenance for R8.2r, 555-233-117, Issue 1 Provides detailed descriptions of the procedures for monitoring, testing, troubleshooting, and maintaini...

Page 1633 - CentreVu CMS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 References 1609 Basic DEFINITY ECS documents 21 DEFINITY ECS Release 7— Basic Call Management System (BCMS) Operations, 555-230-706, Issue 2 Provides detailed instructions on how to generate reports and manage the system. I...

Page 1634 - Application-specific documents; These documents support specific DEFINITY applications.

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 References 1610 Basic DEFINITY ECS documents 21 Application-specific documents These documents support specific DEFINITY applications. ACD DEFINITY Communications Systems G3 — Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Agent Instruc...

Page 1635 - DEFINITY ECS — Application Notes for Type Approval

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 References 1611 Basic DEFINITY ECS documents 21 Non-U.S. audiences DEFINITY ECS — Application Notes for Type Approval Describes specific hardware and administration required to operate the DEFINITY ECS in countries outside ...

Page 1636 - Numerics; angel

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 1612 Glossary and abbreviations GL Glossary and abbreviations Numerics 800 service A service in the United States that allows incoming calls from certain areas to an assigned number for a flat-rate charge based on usage. A ...

Page 1637 - ACU

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1613 access endpoint Either a nonsignaling channel on a DS1 interface or a nonsignaling port on an analog tie-trunk circuit pack that is assigned a unique extension. access tie trunk A trunk that ...

Page 1638 - access endpoint

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1614 adjunct-controlled split An ACD split that is administered to be under adjunct control. Agents logged into such splits must do all tele-phony work, ACD login/ logout, and changes of work mode...

Page 1640 - ARS; ATB

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1616 appearance A software process that is associated with an extension and whose purpose is to supervise a call. An extension can have multiple appearances. Also called call appearance, line appe...

Page 1641 - automatic restoration

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1617 ATM See Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) . attendant console The workstation used by an attendant. The attendant console allows the attendant to originate a call, answer an incoming call, tra...

Page 1642 - AUX

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1618 Automatic Route Selection (ARS) A feature that allows the system to automatically choose the least-cost way to send a toll call. automatic trunk A trunk that does not require addressing infor...

Page 1643 - BCMS; bit; BRI; bridged appearance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1619 BCC See Bearer capability class (BCC) . BCMS Basic Call Management System BCT See business communications terminal (BCT) . Bearer capability class (BCC) Code that identifies the type of a cal...

Page 1644 - BTU

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1620 BTU British Thermal Unit buffer 1. In hardware, a circuit or component that isolates one electrical circuit from another. Typically, a buffer holds data from one circuit or process until anot...

Page 1645 - CAMA

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1621 Call Detail Recording (CDR) A feature that uses software and hardware to record call data (same as CDRU). Call Detail Recording utility (CDRU) Software that collects, stores, optionally filte...

Page 1646 - capability group; capability

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1622 capability group Set of capabilities, determined by switch administration, that can be requested by an application. Capability groups denote association types. For example, Call Control is a ...

Page 1647 - channel

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1623 CDRR Call Detail Recording and Reporting CDRU See Call Detail Recording utility (CDRU) . CED Caller entered digits CEM Channel-expansion multiplexing center-stage switch (CSS) The central int...

Page 1650 - call work code

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1626 CSCN Center-stage control network CSD Customer-service document CSM Centralized System Management CSS See center-stage switch (CSS) . CSSO Customer Services Support Organization CSU Channel s...

Page 1651 - data terminal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1627 data service unit (DSU) A device that transmits digital data on transmission facilities. data terminal An input/output (I/O) device that has either switched or direct access to a host compute...

Page 1652 - DID

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1628 dial-repeating trunks A PBX tie trunk that is capable of handling PBX station-signaling information without attendant assistance. dial-repeating tie trunk A tie trunk that transmits called-pa...

Page 1653 - digital trunk

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1629 digital trunk A circuit that carries digital voice and/or digital data in a telecommunications channel. DIOD Direct Inward and Outward Dialing direct agent A feature, accessed only via ASAI, ...

Page 1654 - domain-controlled split

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1630 domain-controlled split A split for which Third Party Domain Control request has been accepted. A domain-controlled split provides an event report for logout. domain-controlled station A stat...

Page 1655 - duplication

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1631 duplication The use of redundant components to improve availability. When a duplicated subsystem fails, its backup redundant system automatically takes over. duplication option A system optio...

Page 1656 - emergency transfer

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1632 EIA-232 A physical interface specified by the EIA. EIA-232 transmits and receives asynchronous data at speeds of up to 19.2 kbps over cable distances of up to 50 feet. EIA-232 replaces RS-232...

Page 1657 - ETSI; FAC

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1633 ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute expansion archangel (EAA) A network-control microprocessor located on an expansion interface (EI) port circuit pack in an expansion port n...

Page 1659 - FRL

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1635 FRL Facilities Restriction Level FX Foreign exchange G G3-MA Generic 3 Management Applications G3-MT Generic 3 Management Terminal G3r Generic 3, RISC (Reduced Instruction Set Computer) gener...

Page 1660 - HNPA; Hz

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1636 H12 An ISDN information transfer rate for 1920-kbps data defined by CCITT and ANSI standards. handshaking logic A format used to initiate a data connection between two data module devices. he...

Page 1661 - immediate-start tie trunk

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1637 IAS Inter-PBX Attendant Service ICC Intercabinet cable or intercarrier cable ICD Inbound Call Director ICDOS International Customer-Dialed Operator Service ICHT Incoming call-handling table I...

Page 1662 - INS

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1638 INS ISDN Network Service inside call A call placed from one telephone to another within the local communications system. Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) A public or private network...

Page 1663 - Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1639 in-use lamp A red light on a multiappearance voice terminal that lights to show which call appearance will be selected when the handset is lifted or which call appearance is active when a use...

Page 1664 - lightwave transceiver

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1640 kbyte Kilobyte kg Kilogram L LAN Local area network LAP-D Link Access Procedure on the D-channel LAPD Link Access Procedure data LATA Local access and transport area lb Pound LBO Line buildou...

Page 1665 - line buildout; LINL; loss plan

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1641 line buildout A selectable output attenuation is generally required of DTE equipment because T1 circuits require the last span to lose 15–22.5 dB. line port Hardware that provides the access ...

Page 1666 - maintenance

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1642 main-satellite-tributary A private network configuration that can either stand alone or access an ETN. A main switch provides inter-connection, via tie trunks, with one or more subtending swi...

Page 1667 - memory

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1643 MDR Message detail record MEM Memory memory A device into which information can be copied and held, and from which information can later be obtained. memory shadowing link An operating-system...

Page 1668 - modulator-demodulator; monitored call

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1644 MMS Material Management Services MO Maintenance object modem A device that converts digital data signals to analog signals for transmission over telephone circuits. The ana-log signals are co...

Page 1670 - narrowband

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1646 NANP North American Numbering Plan narrowband A circuit-switched call at a data rate up to and including 64 kbps. All nonwideband switch calls are consid-ered narrowband. native terminal supp...

Page 1671 - null modem cable; offered load

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1647 Nonfacility-associated signaling (NFAS) A method that allows multiple T1 and/or E1 facilities to share a single D-channel to form an ISDN-PRI. If D-channel backup is not used, one facility is...

Page 1672 - packet bus; packet switching; packet

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1648 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act OSI Open Systems Interconnect OSS Operations Support System OSSI Operational Support System Interface OTDR Optical time-domain reflectometer othersplit...

Page 1673 - party/extension active on call; pickup group

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1649 party/extension active on call A party is on the call if he or she is actually connected to the call (in active talk or in held state). An originator of a call is always a party on the call. ...

Page 1674 - port; port-network connectivity

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1650 PL Private line PLS Premises Lightwave System PMS Property Management System PN Port network PNA Private network access POE Processor occupancy evaluation POP Point of presence port A data- o...

Page 1675 - processor carrier; processor port network (PPN) control carrier

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1651 PRI endpoint (PE) The wideband switching capability introduces PRI endpoints on switch line-side interfaces. A PRI endpoint consists of one or more contiguous B-channels on a line-side T1 or ...

Page 1676 - QPPCN; RAM

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1652 public network The network that can be openly accessed by all customers for local and long-distance calling. pulse-code modulation (PCM) An extension of pulse-amplitude modulation (PAM) in wh...

Page 1678 - single-carrier cabinet

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1654 RS-232C A physical interface specified by the Electronic Industries Association (EIA). RS-232C transmits and receives asynchronous data at speeds of up to 19.2 kbps over cable distances of up...

Page 1679 - simplex system; simulated bridged appearance; single-line voice terminal

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1655 SCSI See small computer system interface (SCSI) . SDDN Software-Defined Data Network SDI Switched Digital International SDLC Synchronous data-link control SDN Software-defined network SFRL Si...

Page 1681 - SVN; SXS; SYSAM

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1657 stroke counts A method used by ACD agents to record up to nine customer-defined events per call when CMS is active. SVN Security-violation notification switch Any kind of telephone switching ...

Page 1683 - time interval

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1659 time-division multiplex (TDM) bus A bus that is time-shared regularly by preallocating short time slots to each transmitter. In a PBX, all port cir-cuits are connected to the TDM bus, permitt...

Page 1685 - vector-controlled split

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1661 V VAR Value-added reseller VDN See vector directory number (VDN) . vector directory number (VDN) An extension that provides access to the Vectoring feature on the switch. Vectoring allows a c...

Page 1686 - wideband

DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2Administrator’s Guide 555-233-506 Issue 1 April 2000 Glossary and abbreviations 1662 wideband A circuit-switched call at a data rate greater than 64 kbps. A circuit-switched call on a single T1 or E1 facility with a bandwidth between 128 and 1536 (T1) or 1984 (E1) kbps in mul...